{"title":"Klaviyo","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"klaviyo-account-setup-configuration","title":"Klaviyo Account Setup \u0026 Configuration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Account Setup \u0026amp; Configuration is a fixed-scope service for one business and one Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service creates or reviews the account’s essential foundation, including organization information, user access, sender defaults, one primary email list, brand settings, tracking preferences, consent safeguards, and launch readiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service prepares the account for future Klaviyo work. It does not include e-commerce integration, data migration, contact import, email production, campaigns, forms, or automation flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate or Review the Klaviyo Account\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one new Klaviyo account or review one existing account that has not yet been fully configured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers the essential settings directly related to preparing the account for professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the existing account contains active campaigns, flows, integrations, or substantial historical data, this service does not constitute a comprehensive account audit. A more detailed review requires the separate Klaviyo Account Audit \u0026amp; Optimization service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Klaviyo Setup Process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review and complete the applicable steps in Klaviyo’s account setup process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the organization name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the business website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the appropriate business category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the account’s primary marketing objectives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the intended email channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing available account features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking the general setup status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying incomplete foundational settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore integration, historical synchronization, profile import, and campaign production are not included in this setup process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Organization Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved organization information supplied by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany or organization name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness industry or vertical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical business address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault timezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplicable regional settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault currency where available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness contact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for supplying accurate information and approving the business address displayed in marketing-email footers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Klaviyo Plan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one practical review of the client’s current or intended Klaviyo plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstimated active-profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpected monthly email volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired user access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended marketing channels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired platform features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent billing configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious plan limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client makes the final subscription decision and pays all Klaviyo charges directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include negotiating with Klaviyo, purchasing a subscription, disputing charges, or managing ongoing billing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Up to Three Users\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add or review access for up to three approved users when the client’s active plan and permissions allow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user-access review may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the account Owner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding approved team members\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting appropriate available roles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimiting unnecessary administrative access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying inactive or unauthorized users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming basic account-access responsibilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach team member should use an individual login. Shared passwords and shared authentication codes should not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for maintaining user access, passwords, multifactor authentication, and account security after handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Default Sender Identity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved default sender identity for future Klaviyo messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne default sender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne default sender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne reply-to email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic alignment with the business name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of the visible sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide working email addresses that the business owns and controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include DNS changes, branded sending-domain authentication, dedicated click tracking, domain warming, or sender-reputation repair. Those requirements are handled through the separate Klaviyo Sending Domain Authentication \u0026amp; Deliverability Setup service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Brand Library\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the basic available Klaviyo brand settings using client-provided assets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary and secondary font selections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic button styling preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness social links when supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault visual references for future email production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service uses existing client assets. Logo design, brand-identity development, image editing, custom font licensing, and full email-template production are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate One Primary Email List\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or review one primary email list for future subscriber collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe setup includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA clear internal list name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic list identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of the associated consent method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of available default list settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation that the list can be used in future forms and flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo contacts are imported, cleaned, merged, enriched, subscribed, or transferred under this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfile import and list restructuring are available through Klaviyo Profile Import \u0026amp; List Organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Consent and Suppression Safeguards\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the account’s basic email-consent and suppression foundation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe distinction between subscribed and unsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe distinction between consent and suppression status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected primary list’s consent method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable default subscribe settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting suppression information when visible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious settings that could create avoidable sending risks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include determining whether the client’s previous or future data-collection practices comply with a particular law, regulation, contract, or industry requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for providing valid marketing permission and approving all consent language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Default Consent Pages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the account-level default pages associated with email consent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribe page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail confirmation page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available editor allows, we apply basic supplied business information and existing brand elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom page design, custom preference-center development, multilingual content, legal copywriting, website embedding, and signup-form creation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Basic Email Defaults\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review and configure the available account-level email preferences that affect future campaigns and flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault reply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic footer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable sending preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail tracking preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic branding defaults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable unsubscribe behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplicable account-level email settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual campaign and flow-message settings are configured only when those services are purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Smart Sending\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the account’s available Smart Sending configuration for email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmart Sending can help reduce situations in which the same profile receives too many marketing messages within a short period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a practical baseline recommendation based on the expected campaign and automation structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include configuring the sending logic inside individual campaigns or flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Basic UTM Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review and configure one basic account-level UTM structure for future Klaviyo email messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable standard Klaviyo values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic naming consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics installation, GA4 configuration, Google Tag Manager setup, custom attribution modeling, dashboard creation, and historical reporting repair are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete an Account-Readiness Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the approved settings are configured, we complete one account-readiness review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review verifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganization information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault timezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefault sender identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary email list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic consent settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression safeguards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible incomplete setup items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis validation does not include sending a live campaign, activating a flow, importing contacts, publishing a signup form, or connecting an e-commerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Klaviyo account configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe organization settings reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe users configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe default sender identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary list created or reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe brand elements added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tracking preferences configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe consent safeguards reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved account limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next implementation steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account and all associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Owner or Administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate business and organization information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved physical business address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved sender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne working sender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne working reply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe names and email addresses of up to three users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested access level for each user\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA current logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved brand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFont preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable social-media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstimated active-profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstimated monthly email volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation about intended marketing channels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the completed settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 3–5 business days after all required access, information, brand assets, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated clarification or correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew requirements, additional accounts, substantially different brand assets, or changes requested after approval may require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortfolio or multi-account configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three user configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom enterprise user roles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded sending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated click-tracking setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain or IP warming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce store integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM or API integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact or profile import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile cleanup or suppression project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical data migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms or website installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom consent-page development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail campaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation-flow configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, WhatsApp, or push-notification setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics or Tag Manager configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom attribution or reporting dashboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing account management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed deliverability, engagement, or revenue results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53832079147291,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_01_46_57AM.png?v=1787896038"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-profile-import-list-organization","title":"Klaviyo Profile Import \u0026 List Organization","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Profile Import \u0026amp; List Organization is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one primary email list, and one client-provided CSV file containing up to 5,000 email profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service prepares the supplied file for import, maps approved profile properties, applies the client’s documented email-consent instructions, completes one controlled import, creates up to five foundational dynamic segments, and reviews the final results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a profile-import and basic organization service. It is not a complete migration from another email platform, historical activity transfer, database-reconstruction project, or advanced segmentation engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Existing Klaviyo Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the Klaviyo account elements directly related to the approved import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting email lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent consent statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting suppressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList-triggered flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePossible duplicate organization structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting field names that may conflict with the supplied file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting lists, segments, properties, and profiles are preserved unless an approved in-scope update is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview One Client-Provided CSV File\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one final CSV file containing up to 5,000 email-profile records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe file must contain an email-address column and clear headings for every additional data column.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic file preparation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing column headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving completely empty rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming obvious extra spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying visibly duplicated email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking email addresses for basic formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandardizing approved column names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing date formats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing inconsistent capitalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizing columns for Klaviyo property mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving clearly excluded columns with client approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide one final consolidated file. Combining multiple spreadsheets, rebuilding incomplete databases, or reconciling conflicting source files is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Duplicate Email Addresses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo commonly uses an email address to identify and match an email profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the supplied file for visibly repeated email addresses and prepare one approved row for each address where the duplicate values can be resolved without manual research.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen duplicated rows contain conflicting information, the client must identify which value should be retained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include matching people across multiple email addresses, household-level deduplication, fuzzy matching, or extensive duplicate investigation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Up to 15 Profile Properties\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe map up to 15 approved columns from the supplied file to Klaviyo profile properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese properties may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number stored as a profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved custom information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere an appropriate property does not already exist, an approved custom profile property may be created during import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied values must be compatible with the selected Klaviyo property type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtect Existing Profile Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen an imported email address matches an existing Klaviyo profile, the imported values may update matching profile properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf an imported property already contains a value, the new value from the CSV may replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the full import, we review the proposed mapping with the client and identify properties that should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe imported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe excluded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate an existing property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate a new custom property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemain unchanged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo will not intentionally overwrite approved existing data without client authorization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete backup or account export is not included unless separately requested and technically available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Email-Consent Status\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify the correct email-marketing status for the supplied profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable statuses may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever subscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting suppression status where documented\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery person imported as subscribed must have the required permission to receive marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the file contains mixed consent statuses, the client must provide an approved consent column or instructions that allow those statuses to be mapped correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf no consent information is supplied, the profiles will not be assumed to have marketing permission without written client confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Unsubscribes and Suppressions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting unsubscribed or suppressed profiles will not be intentionally resubscribed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsent status and suppression status are separate inside Klaviyo. A profile may have previously provided consent and still be suppressed from receiving marketing messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving valid suppressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing unsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReconstructing missing consent history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating backdated permission records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetermining whether implied consent is legally sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImporting purchased or acquired third-party contact lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for the source, accuracy, and lawful use of the supplied contact data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Primary Email List\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or review one primary email list for the approved import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe list is configured with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA clear internal name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn appropriate consent method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic list settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA practical role in future forms and flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo generally distinguishes between static lists and dynamic segments. Lists hold profiles added through subscriptions, imports, integrations, or manual actions, while segments automatically update when profiles meet or stop meeting defined conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe structure is designed to avoid creating unnecessary duplicate lists when imported properties and segments can organize the profiles more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate Up to Five Foundational Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to five basic dynamic segments using the imported profile properties and available consent information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may organize profiles by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail subscription status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImport source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or lead type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved imported property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact segments depend on the data available after import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehavioral segments based on purchases, website activity, email engagement, predictive analytics, or advanced multi-condition logic are not included. Those are available through Klaviyo Advanced Segmentation \u0026amp; Personalization Setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview List-Triggered Flows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore importing profiles, we review whether the selected list is connected to an active Klaviyo flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere necessary, we recommend placing the affected flow messages into an appropriate non-sending status before the import begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis helps prevent newly imported profiles from unintentionally entering an active welcome series or another list-triggered automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEditing, rebuilding, testing, or activating the flow itself is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Controlled Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the full import, we may use a small client-approved sample to confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile recognition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperty mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData-type compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting-profile update behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic segment qualification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test does not guarantee that every remaining record will be accepted during the full import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Approved Import\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the mapping and test are approved, we complete one full import into the selected Klaviyo list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe import may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate new profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatch existing profiles by email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate approved profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply documented email-consent statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd profiles to the selected list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupply data used by the approved segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo may require additional processing time before all imported profiles and properties appear throughout the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Import Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter processing is complete, we review the visible import results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles successfully created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting profiles updated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate email addresses consolidated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperties imported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent statuses applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvalid or rejected values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkipped records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMapping errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles included in the selected list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles qualifying for the approved segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not guarantee that every record in the supplied file will be imported or eligible to receive marketing messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrection and Re-Import Attempt\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction and re-import attempt is included for records affected by an in-scope file-formatting, property-mapping, or data-type issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correction attempt does not cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA replacement database\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew columns or properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanged consent instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive manual corrections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords rejected because of platform restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA materially different organization structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA new import requested after approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Klaviyo account used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source file imported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of profiles submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary list configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe properties mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe consent instructions applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible import results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, source file, profile data, lists, segments, and associated business information remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne complete CSV file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo more than 5,000 email-profile records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate and understandable column headings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDefinitions for unfamiliar data columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe correct email-consent status for every profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented permission for profiles identified as subscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstructions for updating existing profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved primary email list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested basic organization criteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of any active list-triggered flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the property map\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely approval of the final import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after the final CSV file, account access, consent instructions, property definitions, and required approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated clarification or correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the approved quantities and original scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement file, additional import, new account, different consent structure, or materially changed organization plan is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or profile fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one source file\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 5,000 email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, WhatsApp, or mobile-push consent import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical email engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical events or purchase data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull migration from another marketing platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 15 mapped profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five foundational segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual contact research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive duplicate resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor spreadsheet reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchased or third-party contact lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoval of valid suppressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing unsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced behavioral segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictive analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce or CRM integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation-flow setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing profile maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed acceptance of every supplied record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53832105001243,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_01_38_29AM.png?v=1787895522"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-profile-cleanup-suppression-management","title":"Klaviyo Profile Cleanup \u0026 Suppression Management","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Profile Cleanup \u0026amp; Suppression Management is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and up to 10,000 active email profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service reviews the account’s active-profile population, consent and suppression statuses, available engagement history, and relevant audience structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe then create up to five engagement-health segments, identify profiles that may no longer be appropriate for regular marketing sends, obtain client approval, complete one bulk email-suppression action, and validate the resulting profile counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo profiles are permanently deleted under this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstand Suppression in Klaviyo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppression prevents a profile from receiving marketing messages through the affected channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA suppressed email profile:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs excluded from marketing-email sends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains its Klaviyo profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains available historical activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains its recorded consent information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan remain available for reporting and analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not normally count as an active email profile for plan usage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppression and consent are separate statuses. A profile may have previously provided email consent and still be suppressed from receiving future marketing messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not automatically unsubscribe, delete, resubscribe, or unsuppress profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Active-Profile Count\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe record the account’s visible active-profile count before the cleanup begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent active email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent suppressed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent unsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable account-usage information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent profile-plan tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant list and segment counts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious profile-growth concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable historical usage information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo may require additional processing time before profile-count changes appear throughout the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for reviewing and changing the Klaviyo subscription after the cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Consent and Suppression Statuses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available email-channel statuses directly related to the cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever-subscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManually suppressed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles suppressed because of delivery problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles suppressed after spam complaints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting account-level suppressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles that cannot currently receive email marketing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnsubscribed profiles, spam-complaint suppressions, and deliverability-related suppressions are preserved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not remove valid suppressions or restore marketing eligibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Available Engagement Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available account history used to determine whether active profiles continue to demonstrate meaningful engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the account’s data, the review may consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified email clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent purchases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent website activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail messages received\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent form submissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent profile creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent subscription date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther reliable Klaviyo events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final criteria depend on the client’s sending frequency, customer lifecycle, sales cycle, available integrations, and amount of historical data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAvoid Relying on Opens Alone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail-open activity is not treated as the only evidence of engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrivacy features such as Apple Mail Privacy Protection can automatically generate or inflate recorded opens without confirming that a person intentionally read the message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the account provides sufficient information, we prioritize stronger signals such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified human clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm submissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther meaningful customer events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the account does not contain sufficient reliable engagement history, we identify the limitation before recommending suppression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish an Engagement Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe establish one practical email-engagement policy for the cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe policy may define profiles as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecently engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModerately engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-term unengaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtected because of recent purchase activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtected because of recent subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIneligible because of an existing suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact time windows are selected according to the business’s sending cadence and customer lifecycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA business sending several times per week may require different criteria from a business sending only once per month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate Up to Five Engagement-Health Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to five dynamic segments related to email engagement and cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecently Engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroadly Engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt-Risk Profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-Term Unengaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever Engaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtected Recent Customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression Candidates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved cleanup-related group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to five final segments are included. The selected segments depend on the data available inside the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced customer personas, product-interest segmentation, predictive analytics, and campaign-specific audiences are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIdentify Never-Engaged Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe identify profiles that have received a meaningful number of marketing emails but have not demonstrated reliable engagement when the available history supports that analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe criteria may consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of emails received\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLack of verified clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLack of purchase activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLack of recent website activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile age\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable integration data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfiles that are new, recently subscribed, recently purchased, or have not yet received enough messages are protected from automatic inclusion whenever the selected policy requires it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIdentify Long-Term Unengaged Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe identify active profiles that previously engaged but have not demonstrated meaningful recent activity within the approved period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese profiles may be appropriate for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusion from regular campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA future re-engagement campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA future sunset flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-approved suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not create or send the re-engagement campaign or sunset flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client wants to attempt re-engagement before suppression, that work must be completed before the final suppression authorization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtect Recent and High-Intent Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore suppression, we review the candidate group for available evidence that a profile should remain active.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtection criteria may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent verified email click\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent website activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive customer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved high-intent event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available protection logic depends on the integrations, events, and historical data stored in the Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Lists and Segments Related to Cleanup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the lists and segments directly connected to the selected cleanup population.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOld imported lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdated campaign lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting unengaged segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting never-engaged segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate cleanup segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLists containing primarily inactive profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegments that no longer match the current sending strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not provide a complete account-wide reorganization or rebuild unrelated audience structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Suppression Candidate Group\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one final segment or list containing the profiles recommended for suppression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore any suppression action is completed, the client receives:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe proposed segment definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible candidate count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe engagement criteria used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe protection criteria used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny important data limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reasonable opportunity to review the candidates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA CSV export or account snapshot of the candidate population may be provided when available and appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequire Written Client Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo bulk suppression action is completed without written client approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approval must confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected profile group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible candidate count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe engagement criteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe decision to suppress the current members\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnderstanding that suppression affects email-marketing eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client does not approve the proposed suppression, the service concludes with the analysis and recommendations only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete One Bulk Suppression Action\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter written approval, we complete one bulk email-suppression action for the current members of the approved group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe action applies to the profiles that meet the selected conditions at the time the suppression is performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfiles entering the dynamic segment after the action are not automatically suppressed unless an ongoing process is configured separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include repeated suppression actions, continuous automation, or ongoing profile monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Profile Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppression is used instead of permanent deletion so the account can retain available:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePermanent deletion completely removes profile data and is not included in this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client requires deletion for a legal, privacy, or internal data-retention reason, it must be handled through a separately approved process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Completed Cleanup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter suppression, we review the visible results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eValidation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of profiles submitted for suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible suppression status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining active-profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdated segment membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtected profiles remaining active\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting unsubscribes remaining preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting deliverability suppressions remaining preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible account-usage changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo may require up to 72 hours for active-profile and billing-related counts to refresh fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Potential Plan Impact\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the account’s usage information updates, we identify whether the active-profile count appears to fit a different Klaviyo plan tier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not automatically change the subscription, purchase a new plan, or guarantee a reduction in Klaviyo fees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the updated profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the appropriate subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging the plan when desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaying all Klaviyo fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitoring future profile growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCleanup Report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise cleanup report identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe original active-profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe available consent and suppression statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe engagement policy used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of suppression candidates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe number of profiles submitted for suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible post-cleanup count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved data limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended maintenance intervals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, profile data, lists, segments, and associated business information remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaintenance Recommendations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe provide practical recommendations for maintaining a healthier active-profile population.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommendations may address:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending primarily to engaged segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitoring long-term inactivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing never-engaged profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting recent subscribers and purchasers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing suppressions before billing thresholds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing re-engagement campaigns when appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing a sunset flow when appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeating profile-health reviews periodically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImplementation of those recommendations is not included unless purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 10,000 active email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSufficient historical email or customer activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation about normal sending frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation about the typical customer lifecycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentification of customer groups that must be protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of any recent imports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of any active re-engagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the engagement policy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the candidate group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten authorization before suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the completed cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, information, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional time may be required for large segments to populate or for Klaviyo’s active-profile count to refresh after suppression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated clarification or correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different engagement policy, replacement candidate group, repeated suppression action, or new cleanup period is treated as a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or profile fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10,000 active email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, WhatsApp, or mobile-push cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermanent profile deletion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk unsuppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResubscribing unsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving deliverability suppressions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpam-trap identification guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual contact research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive duplicate resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-engagement campaign creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSunset-flow configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictive analytics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription-plan changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeated suppression actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing profile monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing audience maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed fee reduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed deliverability or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53832119189787,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_01_19_31AM.png?v=1787894510"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-advanced-segmentation-personalization-setup","title":"Klaviyo Advanced Segmentation \u0026 Personalization Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Advanced Segmentation \u0026amp; Personalization Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business and one Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service reviews the customer information already available inside Klaviyo, develops one practical audience strategy, creates up to 12 advanced dynamic segments, and configures a defined personalization framework inside one existing Klaviyo email template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service is intended for accounts that already have usable profile, engagement, purchase, or behavioral data and need a more precise structure for future campaigns and automation flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Your Available Customer Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the Klaviyo data directly relevant to the approved segmentation and personalization strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail consent and suppression status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase and order activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and category information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting lists and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictive information already available in the account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 15 relevant profile properties and metrics are included in the review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include repairing an integration, rebuilding event tracking, importing new customer data, or conducting a complete technical analytics audit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDevelop an Audience Strategy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe translate the client’s marketing goals and available data into one practical segmentation plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strategy identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe purpose of each segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe qualifying and exclusion conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe available source data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe intended campaign or flow use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent and suppression requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended segment naming conventions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportant data limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed structure is designed to remain understandable for future campaigns, flows, reporting, and account management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Advanced Dynamic Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to 12 client-approved dynamic segments using the conditions and data available inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may be based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent email engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription date or source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase recency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer spending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or category interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst-time or repeat purchase behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer lifecycle stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile or custom property values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite or event activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictive information available in the account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible audiences include active subscribers, recent prospects, first-time customers, repeat buyers, VIP customers, category purchasers, cross-sell candidates, at-risk customers, and lapsed customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo dynamic segments automatically add and remove profiles as they begin or stop meeting the configured conditions. Segment population may not occur immediately, particularly in accounts with large profile volumes or complex definitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Consent and Suppression Safeguards\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate, segment definitions include conditions that distinguish marketable subscribers from suppressed or otherwise ineligible profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese safeguards reduce the risk of accidentally using a broad behavioral or customer segment as a sendable marketing audience without considering the profile’s current channel consent status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for approving the intended audience and confirming that its marketing practices comply with applicable requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse Behavioral and Purchase Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere functioning integrations and metrics are already available, segments can use customer actions such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrdered Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpened Email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClicked Email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmitted Form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther existing account events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact metrics and properties used depend on the integrations, tracking, account history, and data currently available in the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of new custom events, API tracking, server-side tracking, or integration repairs requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse Predictive Data When Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client’s account already qualifies for Klaviyo predictive analytics, available predictive data may be incorporated into approved segments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include predicted customer lifetime value, expected purchase timing, churn risk, or other predictive information displayed inside the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePredictive functionality is subject to Klaviyo’s eligibility requirements and the quantity, quality, and history of the client’s order data. Enabling predictive analytics or guaranteeing its availability is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Personalization Variables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and document up to six approved personalization variables using profile information already available inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersonalization may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoyalty or membership tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved profile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppropriate fallback values are added where supported so recipients with missing information do not receive visibly incomplete text.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersonalization tags are case-sensitive and depend on the referenced property name and value being stored correctly on each recipient’s profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Conditional Content Rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure native show\/hide logic for up to four content blocks or sections inside one existing Klaviyo email template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditional content can display different messages, offers, recommendations, or calls to action based on approved profile or custom property values.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, an email may show:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent content for customers and prospects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA VIP section for qualified customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation-specific information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCategory-specific messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoyalty-tier content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA different call to action based on customer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the final approved content and creative assets for every version. Full template design, copywriting, custom HTML, complex Django development, and dynamic product-feed construction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEvent-Based Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvent information may be used only when the selected message is located inside a compatible metric-triggered flow and and the required event data already exists in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaign templates and standard profile-based messages do not automatically have access to flow-trigger event variables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation or modification of the underlying automation flow is not included in this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test the Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe preview the configured personalization and conditional content using up to five client-approved profile scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegment qualification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallback values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional block visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissing property behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious configuration errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting is performed using the information visible inside Klaviyo. Dedicated cross-device inbox rendering, third-party email testing platforms, accessibility certification, and deliverability testing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe data reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe audience strategy applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe definition and purpose of each segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe personalization variables configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fallback values used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditional content rules added\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown data limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended future uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, profiles, segments, customer data, templates, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning source of profile and behavioral data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing Klaviyo email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe business goals for the requested segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe desired customer classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal content for each personalized variation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles containing representative test data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClarification of unfamiliar properties or metrics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the proposed audience strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the completed setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, information, content, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original quantities and approved service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew segment requirements, replacement content, additional templates, new personalization scenarios, or a materially different audience strategy are treated as additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or profile fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 12 dynamic segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 15 reviewed properties or metrics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than six personalization variables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four conditional content blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one existing email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer data import or enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile cleanup or suppression implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew integrations or tracking configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytics or attribution repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom object implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAPI development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopywriting or creative production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product-feed development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML or advanced Django programming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation, scheduling, or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation flow creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing segment monitoring or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed segment sizes, engagement, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53832144748827,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_01_27_50AM.png?v=1787894985"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-sending-domain-authentication-deliverability-setup","title":"Klaviyo Sending Domain Authentication \u0026 Deliverability Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Sending Domain Authentication \u0026amp; Deliverability Setup is a fixed-scope technical service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one business-owned root domain, and one branded marketing sending subdomain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service connects the approved domain to Klaviyo, configures the required DNS records, establishes the available email-authentication alignment, reviews related sender settings, and validates the completed setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransactional and customer-service sending domains require separate configurations and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Existing Sending Environment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore making DNS changes, we review the current sending environment directly relevant to the Klaviyo configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe business-owned root domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting sending subdomains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent From and reply-to addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible SPF, DKIM, and DMARC records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Klaviyo domain settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther known email-sending services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotential DNS record conflicts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent branded click-tracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Klaviyo deliverability information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify all legitimate services currently sending email from the domain. This helps avoid changes that could interfere with business mailboxes, transactional systems, support platforms, or another email service provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect a Branded Sending Subdomain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe select and configure one appropriate branded sending subdomain for Klaviyo marketing traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common structure may look like:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ccode\u003esend.example.com\u003c\/code\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ccode\u003eemail.example.com\u003c\/code\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ccode\u003emarketing.example.com\u003c\/code\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected subdomain must be available and should not already be used by another email platform or DNS service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe branded sending domain allows eligible Klaviyo emails to use the client’s domain identity instead of Klaviyo’s shared sending domain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Dynamic or Static Routing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the client’s DNS environment and configure one supported Klaviyo routing method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available methods are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic routing using Klaviyo-provided NS records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic routing using Klaviyo-provided CNAME records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo recommends dynamic routing for sending performance and infrastructure flexibility. Static routing may be used when the client’s DNS provider does not support the required subdomain delegation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final routing method depends on the available Klaviyo options, DNS-provider capabilities, and the client’s approved configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstall the Klaviyo DNS Records\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe generate and install the records supplied by Klaviyo for one branded marketing sending domain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the selected routing method, the configuration may require:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four NS records for dynamic routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three CNAME records for static routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne TXT record for domain ownership verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecords are copied directly from the client’s Klaviyo account and entered into the authorized DNS provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not include nameserver migration, DNS hosting migration, root-domain transfer, or reconstruction of the client’s complete DNS zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish SPF and DKIM Authentication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo’s branded sending-domain records automatically provide the required SPF and DKIM configuration for eligible Klaviyo sends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe verify that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe required Klaviyo records are published\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe domain is recognized inside Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPF authentication is available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDKIM signing is active\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe branded sending domain is correctly associated with the account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere are no obvious conflicting records on the selected subdomain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA separate Klaviyo SPF include normally does not need to be added to the root domain’s existing SPF record because Klaviyo uses its own Return-Path infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges to SPF records belonging to unrelated services are not made unless a clearly approved in-scope correction is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish or Review DMARC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the root domain’s existing DMARC configuration and add or update one appropriate DMARC TXT record when the current sending environment allows it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen no DMARC record exists, an initial monitoring policy may be used to establish the required foundation without immediately blocking legitimate but unidentified email sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDMARC affects every service sending from the protected domain, not only Klaviyo. Before applying a strict quarantine or rejection policy, all authorized sending platforms should be identified and correctly aligned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex DMARC reporting, policy escalation, forensic analysis, spoofing investigations, and ongoing monitoring are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAlign the Sender Identity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one primary Klaviyo sender identity and align it with the business-owned root domain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoot-domain alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible DMARC compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublic mailbox addresses such as Gmail, Yahoo, AOL, or Outlook.com should not be used as the primary From address for this branded business-domain configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final From and reply-to addresses must be active, client-approved, and accessible to the business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Dedicated Click Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen supported by the client’s Klaviyo plan and domain configuration, we configure one dedicated click-tracking domain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedicated click tracking replaces Klaviyo’s standard encoded tracking domain with a branded domain in eligible tracked links.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfiguration may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic provisioning under an eligible dynamic branded sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne manually published CNAME record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected tracking subdomain must be available and approved by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedicated click tracking requires an eligible paid Klaviyo plan. Custom redirect development, Universal Links, Android App Links, application deep linking, and click-tracking migrations from another provider are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Deliverability Readiness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe perform one practical review of the Klaviyo settings and authentication factors directly related to responsible sending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded sending-domain status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPF and DKIM availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDMARC presence and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom and reply-to configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated click-tracking status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible bounce and complaint information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Deliverability Hub information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious sender-identity concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether domain warming may be required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe amount of historical deliverability information available depends on the account’s previous sending volume and activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthentication strengthens the technical sending foundation but does not replace permission-based data collection, list maintenance, relevant content, responsible sending frequency, engagement-based targeting, or sender-reputation management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate the Branded Sending Domain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the required records are published and recognized, we complete one controlled activation of the approved marketing sending domain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the account is already sending active campaigns or flows, the client must approve an appropriate activation window. Active sending may need to be temporarily paused while the domain is applied and tested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA newly registered domain, new Klaviyo account, or domain without sufficient sending history may require a gradual warming process before normal-volume campaigns begin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExecution of a multi-day warming schedule is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest and Validate Authentication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter activation, we complete one controlled Klaviyo test send to up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe validation may review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible From identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded sending-domain usage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPF authentication results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDKIM authentication results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDMARC alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracked-link domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic message-header information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious authentication errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard round of in-scope DNS or authentication troubleshooting is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDNS changes may take up to 48 hours to propagate before Klaviyo recognizes the completed configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe root domain reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe branded sending subdomain configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected routing method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe DNS records installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Klaviyo verification status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe SPF, DKIM, and DMARC status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe click-tracking configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sender settings reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved third-party issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next sending steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, domain, DNS records, email addresses, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to the authorized DNS provider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne business-owned root domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne working email address on that domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved From name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved reply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of all legitimate email-sending services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of any active Klaviyo campaigns or flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the selected sending subdomain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the activation window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three inboxes for the controlled test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the completed configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 3–5 business days after all required access, information, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDNS propagation, Klaviyo verification, domain-provider restrictions, account warming requirements, and third-party technical issues may extend the completion time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one marketing sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional sending-domain setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Helpdesk service-domain setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple root domains or brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain registration or transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNameserver or DNS-provider migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness mailbox creation or migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated IP configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain or IP warming execution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign or flow creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or list cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender-reputation repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlacklist or blocklist removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrict DMARC enforcement deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing DMARC reporting or analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBIMI configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMTA-STS or TLS reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Postmaster Tools configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party inbox-placement testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMigration of an active sending domain from another ESP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing deliverability monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, delivery rates, or engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53832167489819,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_01_34_45AM.png?v=1787895295"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-signup-forms-website-integration","title":"Klaviyo Signup Forms \u0026 Website Integration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Signup Forms \u0026amp; Website Integration is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one existing website, one primary email subscriber list, and up to three Klaviyo signup forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service enables Klaviyo’s onsite form functionality, creates and styles the approved forms, connects them to the correct list, configures targeting and display behavior, publishes them on the website, and validates controlled test submissions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service covers email subscription collection. SMS consent collection requires a separate Klaviyo SMS setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Website and Klaviyo Account\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the website and Klaviyo account settings directly related to the approved form implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe website platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Klaviyo integration status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo onsite JavaScript\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify app embed status when applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting signup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe intended subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList opt-in settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting form display rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite locations selected for embedded forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious conflicts with other popup or form applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a focused implementation review and not a complete website, tracking, integration, performance, or conversion audit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEnable Klaviyo Onsite Form Functionality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo signup forms require Klaviyo’s onsite JavaScript, commonly called Klaviyo.js, to function on the website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the client’s platform, we enable or verify the appropriate installation method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnabling the Klaviyo app embed on Shopify\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerifying automatic onsite tracking through a supported integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnabling the available onsite JavaScript setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling the standard Klaviyo.js snippet on a compatible website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that published Klaviyo forms can render on the approved domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, Wix, Square, Magento, or custom e-commerce integration is not included. The service only addresses the onsite functionality required for the approved signup forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnect the Primary Subscriber List\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe connect all approved forms to one primary Klaviyo email subscriber list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe list is reviewed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect account placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear naming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail subscription purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle or double opt-in setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility with the approved forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting connected welcome flow, when visible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious duplicate form destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve the opt-in method. Double opt-in requires new subscribers to confirm their email addresses before they are added to the list and become eligible for a connected welcome series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelcome-series creation or modification is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate Up to Three Signup Forms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to three branded Klaviyo email signup forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable form formats may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePopup form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlyout form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbedded form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-page form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final combination is selected according to the client’s website structure and list-growth goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, the package may include one popup form, one footer embed form, and one page-specific embedded form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach form is created using Klaviyo’s native form editor and the features available in the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMatch the Existing Brand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe style the approved forms using client-provided branding and the native controls available inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard styling may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo or approved image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm background\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBorders and corner styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose icon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccess message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide final text, imagery, offer information, and brand assets before design begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWebsite redesign, original illustration, image editing, copywriting, custom fonts requiring development, advanced CSS, and custom JavaScript are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Form Fields\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach form may contain up to five approved visitor-facing fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirthday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther compatible profile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information collected through a Klaviyo form can be stored as custom profile properties and later used for segmentation or personalization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve the property names and explain the intended use of any unfamiliar field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex questionnaires, conditional field logic, account registration, file uploads, payment collection, and database lookups are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Source and Property Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the standard source information and approved hidden properties needed to identify where subscribers entered the audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved fixed classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidden fields may overwrite an existing property when the form submits the same property name with a new value. Property names and values must therefore be approved before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Targeting and Display Rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor popup, flyout, and full-page forms, we configure practical targeting and behavior settings based on the approved audience strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSettings may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop or mobile visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-delay trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScroll-percentage trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExit-intent behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDismissal period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific page URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eURL exclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisitor status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList or segment membership when identifiable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart contents when supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollision prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTargeting that relies on cookies or identified profile information may not work for anonymous visitors, private browsing sessions, visitors using a new device, or visitors who have cleared their cookies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIntegrate Embedded Forms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere an embedded form is selected, we install its Klaviyo embed code in one approved website location per embedded form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible locations include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated signup page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlog area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther compatible content section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe website theme or page builder must permit the required embed code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMajor theme reconstruction, development of a new section, third-party page-builder repair, and modifications to protected website code are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Opt-In Experience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the standard post-submission experience available for the approved list and forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccess step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose or redirect action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided static coupon code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved next-step instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble opt-in confirmation settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic subscribe-confirmation branding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnique coupon generation depends on the client’s store integration and available Klaviyo functionality. Coupon strategy, discount creation, promotional terms, and complex coupon troubleshooting are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Consent Presentation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client-provided consent, privacy, and promotional language into the available form areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for providing and approving:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing consent language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic targeting decisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle or double opt-in selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether the form, incentive, list, or consent process satisfies a particular law, regulation, carrier requirement, or industry standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptimize for Desktop and Mobile\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the native desktop and mobile presentation for each approved form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral form dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText readability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose-button accessibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic mobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious content overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard interaction behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate mobile and desktop form designs may be used when the approved strategy requires different display experiences and remains within the three-form limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExact presentation can vary because of browser settings, device dimensions, website CSS, accessibility settings, and third-party scripts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePublish and Test the Forms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter client approval, we publish the completed forms and perform controlled submission testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting reviews:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eURL targeting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired-field behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmission completion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscriber-list destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail consent status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaptured profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHidden source values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccess message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble opt-in email when enabled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard round of in-scope form or installation troubleshooting is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting does not include every browser, device, operating system, geographic location, privacy setting, or possible visitor condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eForm Analytics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublished Klaviyo forms begin collecting the form-performance information supported by the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable information may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmission rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerformance history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable popup benchmarks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration, custom conversion events, third-party analytics, heatmaps, attribution development, and ongoing performance reporting are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe website connected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe list used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe forms created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe form type and location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields and properties configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe targeting rules applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected opt-in method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe publication status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe controlled test results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown website or platform limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, website, subscriber data, forms, lists, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite administrator, theme, or page-builder access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne functioning website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal form copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo, colors, fonts, and approved imagery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal consent and disclosure language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny approved promotional offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny required coupon code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested form locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe requested targeting strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the completed forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, content, assets, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original form quantities and approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement design direction, additional form, different website, new subscriber list, revised offer, or materially different targeting strategy is treated as additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three signup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five visitor-facing fields per form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or mobile-app consent collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS Smart Opt-In or tap-to-text configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite redesign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce platform integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom-coded forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced CSS or JavaScript development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom API submissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding-page design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplex questionnaires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party form migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party popup application configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy or legal-copy creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome-series automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics event configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing form monitoring or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed subscriber growth, conversion rates, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836088148251,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_12_02_52PM.png?v=1787932999"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-shopify-woocommerce-integration","title":"Klaviyo Shopify \u0026 WooCommerce Integration","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Shopify \u0026amp; WooCommerce Integration is a fixed-scope technical service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one existing e-commerce store operating on either Shopify or WooCommerce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service installs and authorizes Klaviyo’s native integration, configures the approved synchronization settings, initiates historical data synchronization, enables supported onsite tracking, maps email subscribers to one Klaviyo list, and validates the primary profile, behavioral, and order events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough both platforms appear in the product name, one purchase covers either one Shopify store or one WooCommerce store—not both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Existing Store Environment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting the platforms, we review the store environment directly related to the Klaviyo integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore platform and primary domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Klaviyo integration status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalled Shopify applications or WordPress plugins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent email subscriber collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout marketing-consent settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting onsite tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer and order history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore currency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct catalog availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting email platforms connected to the store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious caching, firewall, redirect, or permission conflicts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a focused integration-readiness review and not a complete store, theme, database, security, analytics, or conversion audit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShopify Integration Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an approved Shopify store, we install or authorize the official Klaviyo application and connect it to the correct Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard configuration may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify-to-Klaviyo customer synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer profile and order data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail subscriber synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved email subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and catalog data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify Markets catalog synchronization when already configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo-to-Shopify profile synchronization when approved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify app embed activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnsite behavioral tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported order and delivery events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-way profile synchronization is activated only after the client approves which profiles and properties should be returned to Shopify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSynchronizing all Klaviyo profiles to Shopify may create new Shopify customer records, including profiles that have never purchased from the store. This setting is not enabled automatically without client approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWooCommerce Integration Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an approved WooCommerce store, we install, activate, and authorize the official Klaviyo extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard configuration may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo extension installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection to the correct Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooCommerce customer synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer and order data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail subscriber collection at checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved email subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnsite activity tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and order event synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical synchronization initiation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional standard-currency conversion setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe website must use a supported WooCommerce and WordPress environment and permit installation of the required extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaching plugins, redirect plugins, security systems, firewall rules, hosting restrictions, outdated software, and theme conflicts may interfere with authorization or data collection. Resolution of a third-party infrastructure problem is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSynchronize Customer Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe native integration creates or updates Klaviyo profiles using the customer information supported by the selected platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable information may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst and last name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBilling and shipping information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore customer ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing consent status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocale information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform-specific profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact fields synchronized depend on the platform, store configuration, customer record, and Klaviyo’s current integration capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProperties controlled by the store may overwrite corresponding values in Klaviyo during a future synchronization. Client-approved data ownership and sync-direction settings are therefore reviewed before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Email Marketing Consent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one supported email-subscriber pathway from the store to one approved Klaviyo list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, this may include customers who accept email marketing during checkout or through supported Shopify signup forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, this may include an email marketing consent checkbox on the checkout page connected to the approved Klaviyo list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide and approve:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout checkbox language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent disclosure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle or double opt-in selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny privacy-policy references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer records and marketing permission are not the same thing. A customer may exist as a Klaviyo profile without being eligible to receive marketing email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether the client’s consent language or collection process satisfies a particular law or regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInitiate Historical Data Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe initiate the historical synchronization supported by the selected platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, Klaviyo initially synchronizes recent store data and then begins processing the remaining available historical customer, order, and product information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, the integration displays the progress of its available historical data synchronization after connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical synchronization time depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and variant volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform API availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo processing time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge stores may require several days to complete synchronization. This service initiates and reviews the standard synchronization but does not guarantee that every historical record will be accepted or become available by a specific time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnect the Product Catalog\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that the available store catalog begins synchronizing with Klaviyo and review the resulting product connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct identifiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCategories or collections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatalog source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary storefront URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCatalog data is controlled by the connected store. Product information should generally be corrected at its original source so future synchronization does not overwrite a manual change made only inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct-feed strategy, custom recommendations, multilingual catalog reconstruction, custom catalog development, and repair of malformed store data are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEnable Onsite Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the standard onsite tracking supported by the selected platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the platform and store configuration, tracked activity may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive on Site\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmitted Search\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout or Checkout Started\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify, the Klaviyo app embed and approved behavioral-event settings are enabled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor WooCommerce, the Klaviyo extension provides the supported onsite tracking after the store is correctly connected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnsite events generally depend on Klaviyo being able to identify the visitor. Anonymous visitors may not immediately appear as known profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCookie restrictions, consent-management settings, private browsing, cleared browser storage, ad blockers, customer privacy settings, and regional privacy rules may prevent or delay certain events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSynchronize Order Events\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the primary commerce events generated by the selected integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable events may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout or Checkout Started\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrdered Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFulfilled Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePartially Fulfilled Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCancelled Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefunded Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmed Shipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered Shipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarked Out for Delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact events vary between Shopify and WooCommerce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome fulfillment or delivery events depend on the store’s order statuses, shipping provider, carrier support, and installed fulfillment applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service validates the standard event structure but does not redesign order workflows or modify external fulfillment systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Cart and Checkout Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available checkout and cart information contained in supported events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis information may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct identifiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCategories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoupons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart-rebuild information when supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe presence of an event does not mean that an abandoned-cart or checkout flow has been created. Marketing automation setup is a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrevent Duplicate Subscriber or Message Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere visible, we review existing store email settings and connected marketing platforms for obvious duplication risks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA previous email platform still connected to the store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple subscriber-list destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate checkout consent collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Shopify abandoned-checkout notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting WooCommerce marketing plugins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple tracking snippets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegacy Added to Cart code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe identify visible concerns and provide recommendations. Removal, migration, or reconstruction of another provider’s integration requires separate approval and may require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControlled Integration Testing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter configuration, we perform controlled testing of the supported integration functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest profile creation or identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail subscriber-list mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive on Site event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and cart information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder profile association\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable fulfillment or cancellation behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the client provides a test gateway, test mode, or no-charge coupon, one controlled order may be used for validation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a safe no-charge testing method is unavailable, we validate the integration using recent legitimate events already available in the account. Product charges, payment-processing fees, taxes, and shipping fees are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Completed Integration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter testing, we review the available integration status inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegration status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical sync progress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent profile activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable commerce metrics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct catalog status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscriber-list connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnsite tracking status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious sync or authorization errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnresolved third-party limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard round of in-scope integration troubleshooting is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Klaviyo account connected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe store and platform connected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe synchronization settings selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe subscriber list used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe onsite tracking enabled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe profile and commerce events reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe product catalog status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe historical synchronization status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe controlled testing completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved third-party issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, Shopify or WooCommerce store, profiles, orders, products, customer data, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to one Shopify store or WordPress\/WooCommerce website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermission to install and authorize the official integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe correct primary store domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved email subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal email consent language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved synchronization direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe preferred store currency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of any existing email platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of relevant caching, firewall, or security services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA safe method for controlled order testing when available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of any required maintenance window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review of the completed integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, information, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical synchronization, platform processing, large catalogs, store API limitations, hosting restrictions, application conflicts, and third-party technical issues may extend the final validation period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original integration scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA different store, additional platform, additional subscriber list, custom data requirement, or materially different synchronization configuration is treated as additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo, Shopify, hosting, or WooCommerce fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid applications, plugins, or extensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting both Shopify and WooCommerce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify Plus checkout development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadless or custom storefront integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom API or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom pixel development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTheme or checkout reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWordPress or WooCommerce repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHosting, firewall, caching, or security-system repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDatabase cleanup or reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual correction of historical customer records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple currencies requiring custom logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify Markets configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct catalog reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-feed or recommendation strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS or WhatsApp consent setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail platform migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation flow creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing integration monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed synchronization of every historical record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed event collection for anonymous or non-consenting visitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed campaign, flow, conversion, or revenue performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836107874587,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_12_08_30PM.png?v=1787933330"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-migration-service","title":"Klaviyo Migration Service","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Migration Service is a fixed-scope service for one business, one source email marketing platform or CRM, one destination Klaviyo account, and up to 25,000 email profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service reviews the source data, selects the appropriate migration method, transfers the approved profiles and properties, preserves available consent and suppression information, creates a practical list structure, recreates up to five foundational migration segments, and validates the resulting Klaviyo data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service migrates the email audience foundation. Email templates, forms, automations, campaigns, domain authentication, e-commerce integrations, and additional messaging channels require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Source and Destination Accounts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review both platforms to determine what information is available and how it should be represented inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource platform and account status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable native Klaviyo integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting audiences, lists, groups, tags, and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive email subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or cleaned addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile and custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable engagement history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting signup sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent automation entry points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive website forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce or CRM connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting sender domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eData export limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review identifies the approved migration path and any information that cannot be transferred directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare a Migration Plan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare one practical migration plan before importing data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plan identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe destination Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe migration method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe files or integration required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe profile quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fields to be mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe destination lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe consent and suppression treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable engagement information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cutover sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown source-platform limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient decisions required before import\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve the migration structure before data is transferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse a Native Integration When Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen Klaviyo provides a supported native connection to the source email platform, we may use that integration to synchronize the information it supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative migration integrations may be available for platforms such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailchimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant Contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign Monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMad Mimi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther platforms available in Klaviyo’s current integration directory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the source platform, the native integration may transfer:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReceived-email activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported historical information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach integration transfers a different set of information and operates on its own synchronization schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA native integration does not guarantee that every source property, audience structure, campaign, report, automation, template, or historical event will appear in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse a File-Based Migration When Required\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf no supported native integration is available, we complete the migration using client-authorized exports and Klaviyo-compatible files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes preparation and processing of up to five migration files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiles may contain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive email subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or lead profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-list membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or cleaned addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved email suppression records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide access to export the source data or provide complete final exports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequests to a former platform’s support team, delayed vendor exports, account restrictions, or inaccessible data may extend the migration timeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMigrate Up to 25,000 Email Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe transfer up to 25,000 approved email profiles into the destination Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfiles may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive email subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers without marketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeads without confirmed consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppressed contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or invalid addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther client-approved profile statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImporting a profile does not automatically mean that the person is eligible to receive marketing email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo may merge records sharing the same supported identifier. Invalid, incomplete, malformed, duplicated, restricted, or unsupported records may be skipped, merged, or imported without every original value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMap Profile Properties\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe map up to 20 approved source fields to Klaviyo profile properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fields may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal signup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoyalty status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast engagement date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved custom information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSource fields must be compatible with the destination Klaviyo property type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFields with conflicting formats, inconsistent naming, mixed data types, or undocumented values may require client clarification before they can be mapped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex data normalization, enrichment, manual research, or database reconstruction is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate the Destination List Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or configure up to five Klaviyo lists for the approved migration structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final lists may represent:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary email subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA specific source audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer or lead categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemporary migration classifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement groups that cannot be transferred as native events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved static membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo lists are static collections of profiles. Dynamic source segments are not automatically recreated as Klaviyo lists or segments unless their rules and required data are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe migration avoids unnecessary duplicate lists where a cleaner profile-property or segment structure is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Email Consent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must identify which contacts have documented permission to receive email marketing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere supported by the available source data, we preserve or assign the appropriate email marketing status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe migration distinguishes between:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles with affirmative email consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles without documented consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppressed profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBounced or invalid email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers who exist only because of a transaction or account record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not independently determine whether the source platform’s consent history satisfies a particular law, regulation, contract, or industry requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImport Unsubscribes and Suppressions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe transfer the available historic email unsubscribes, bounces, cleaned addresses, and other approved suppression records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a native integration does not transfer every relevant status, an approved suppression file may be uploaded directly into Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreserving these records is essential because previously opted-out or invalid contacts should not become marketable merely because the business changed email platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppression records are reviewed separately from subscribed profiles because consent and suppression are distinct profile states inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePermanent profile deletion is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransfer Available Engagement Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe amount and form of historical engagement data depends on the source platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a native integration supports it, Klaviyo may receive historical events such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReceived email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpened email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClicked email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther supported campaign engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen native event history cannot be transferred, available source information may instead be mapped as profile properties or temporary migration groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast opened date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast clicked date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent subscriber status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-platform activity classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManually imported dates or classifications do not become native Klaviyo campaign events unless Klaviyo’s supported integration creates those events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical reporting, attribution, revenue, and complete campaign analytics generally cannot be recreated through a standard contact import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Foundational Migration Segments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to five practical Klaviyo segments using the information available after migration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketable email subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecently engaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecently added subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomers with imported purchase properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInactive or low-engagement profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles requiring further review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-platform audience groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final segment definitions depend on the transferred fields and available historical events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced lifecycle, predictive, behavioral, product-interest, and personalization segmentation requires the separate Klaviyo Advanced Segmentation \u0026amp; Personalization Setup service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtect Existing Welcome Flows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore importing profiles, we review visible list-triggered flows that could unintentionally send messages to migrated contacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere necessary and authorized, an affected flow may be placed in draft or manual status during the import.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not create, rebuild, edit, activate, or test automation content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for approving when any existing flow should return to live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview List Quality Before Cutover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe perform a practical migration-level review of the available audience information before the first Klaviyo send.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvalid formatting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissing identifiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuplicate email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOld or inactive contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnclear consent statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissing suppression data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles without recent engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious high-risk source groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic file formatting needed for the approved import is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party email verification, deep database cleanup, manual duplicate resolution, engagement campaigns, sunset flows, and suppression strategy implementation require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Main Migration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the structure and files are approved, we complete the primary data transfer into Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe migration may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne supported native integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to five approved import files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA combination of a native integration and supplemental suppression files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available import or synchronization results and identify visible errors, skipped records, duplicate handling, and unresolved source-platform restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Final Synchronization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne final synchronization or correction import is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapture subscribers added during the migration period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd recently created suppression records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect an in-scope field-mapping issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReprocess an approved formatting correction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eValidate the final source and destination counts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source platform must remain accessible until final validation is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRepeated incremental migrations, ongoing synchronization, or continued parallel operation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare the Cutover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare a controlled cutover checklist identifying what should happen before the former platform is discontinued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming final profile counts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming suppression counts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating website forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting checkout subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreating required automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreating required email templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthenticating the sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting the e-commerce platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing engaged sending segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanning domain or infrastructure warming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitoring the former platform for new subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserving reports and campaign exports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming billing and cancellation dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist identifies required next steps but does not implement services outside the purchased migration scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo Not Immediately Cancel the Source Platform\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client should keep the former platform active until:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired data has been exported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final synchronization is complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWebsite forms point to Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout subscribers reach Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired automations have been rebuilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplates needed for launch are available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sending domain is authenticated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe first Klaviyo sends are ready\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew subscribers are no longer appearing only in the former platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not cancel the former platform or accept responsibility for its continuing subscription charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDeliverability and Warming Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoving to a new email service provider can require a controlled sending ramp or warming process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore sending at normal volume, the client may need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA branded sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDMARC alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngaged audience segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression of invalid or unengaged profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA gradual sending schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitoring of bounces, complaints, and engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service provides migration-level recommendations only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain configuration, deliverability repair, list-cleaning implementation, warming execution, and campaign scheduling are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMigration Validation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the final transfer, we review the destination Klaviyo account for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImported profile count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary email list count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable consent statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom property availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-list representation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable engagement information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundational segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible import errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNative integration status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining cutover requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe counts between platforms may not match exactly because the platforms may count profiles, contacts, duplicates, invalid addresses, unsubscribes, suppressions, and archived records differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Summary\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe destination Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe migration method used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe profiles submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe visible import results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe properties mapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lists created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe consent and suppression treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe available engagement information transferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe segments created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe final synchronization status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnresolved records or limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired cutover actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source account, Klaviyo account, contact data, files, lists, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore migration begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator or export access to the source platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne complete source-data set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to all subscriber lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to unsubscribed and bounced contacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDocumented consent status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplanations of custom fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplanations of source contact statuses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe required destination lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the field-mapping plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval of the suppression treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of active website forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of active automations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetails of connected e-commerce or CRM platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval of the migration results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required access, exports, decisions, and approvals are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSource-platform export delays, native integration schedules, account restrictions, large files, unsupported data, vendor support requests, and final synchronization timing may extend completion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated correction round is included when submitted within seven days of delivery and remains within the original quantities and approved migration structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement source export, additional platform, materially different mapping plan, or additional migration phase is treated as separate work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo or source-platform subscription fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one source platform or CRM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 25,000 email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five migration files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 20 profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five destination lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five foundational segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or push-consent migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone-number porting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple brands or business units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom API, webhook, SFTP, or data-warehouse development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDatabase enrichment or manual research\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party email verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMajor database cleanup or reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual duplicate resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce platform integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form creation or website installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail template migration or recreation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign migration or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation flow recreation or activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender-reputation repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain or IP warming execution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource-platform cancellation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing parallel synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed transfer of every field, status, event, or record\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed matching profile counts between platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, engagement, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836122358043,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_12_13_51PM.png?v=1787933661"},{"product_id":"custom-klaviyo-email-template-design","title":"Custom Klaviyo Email Template Design","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Klaviyo Email Template Design is a fixed-scope design and implementation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one reusable email template created in Klaviyo’s native drag-and-drop editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service transforms the client’s approved brand direction, content, and visual assets into a flexible email system that can be reused for future newsletters, promotional campaigns, announcements, and other standard marketing emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Your Brand and Content Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the materials provided for the template, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting brand guidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or lifestyle imagery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail examples or references\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical content requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide one clear design direction before production begins. Brand strategy, logo design, visual identity development, and multiple competing design concepts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish the Template Direction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe establish one client-approved visual direction for the email template based on the supplied brand assets and reference materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe direction covers the primary layout, typography, color treatment, buttons, spacing, image presentation, content hierarchy, and overall email style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one template concept rather than multiple unrelated design concepts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Template in Klaviyo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create the template inside the client’s Klaviyo account using Klaviyo’s native drag-and-drop editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed template is designed to remain editable so the client can replace copy, images, buttons, links, and selected content sections without rebuilding the entire layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom HTML, hybrid HTML development, external template coding, and conversion of complex web layouts into email code are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate a Modular Content Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can include up to 10 reusable content sections selected for the client’s typical email needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the approved design, sections may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnouncement bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHero image and primary message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroductory text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured product or service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-column content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage and text combinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer testimonial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecondary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded footer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact combination is selected during the design process and remains within the 10-section limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Reusable Universal Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to four appropriate blocks or sections as reusable universal content where this supports the approved template structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUniversal content may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional banner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard call-to-action section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese reusable elements can help maintain consistency when they are used across future Klaviyo templates and messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccount-wide template-system development or restructuring of existing universal content is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Branded Typography and Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the available template styling to reflect the client’s approved visual identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported fonts and fallback fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeading hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParagraph styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton colors and shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivider styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail font availability and rendering depend on the recipient’s email client, device, and individual settings. Appropriate fallback fonts may be used when a brand font is not broadly supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can configure up to three basic Klaviyo personalization tags with appropriate fallback values.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved profile property already stored in Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe required profile data must already exist and be consistently formatted in the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced conditional logic, custom event data, dynamic tables, complex product recommendations, and individualized content strategy require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare Standard Commerce Content Areas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client already has a supported and functioning e-commerce integration, the template may include a standard editable area for product or promotional content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not configure the underlying integration, build a custom product feed, repair catalog synchronization, create advanced dynamic recommendations, or implement event-driven commerce logic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptimize the Mobile Layout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the template for practical use on desktop and mobile devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMobile preparation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResponsive column behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile-friendly text sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate margins and padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton sizing and placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage scaling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection stacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile visibility settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader and navigation adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRendering can vary among email applications, operating systems, screen sizes, and individual device settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Accessibility Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe apply practical email-accessibility considerations within the capabilities of Klaviyo’s editor and the supplied content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogical heading structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReadable text sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical color contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDescriptive link treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative text for supplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear call-to-action labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoidance of image-only messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnderstandable content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormal accessibility certification, legal compliance auditing, and guaranteed conformance with every accessibility standard are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Common Dark-Mode Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is reviewed with common dark-mode behavior in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use practical design choices for logos, images, backgrounds, borders, and text contrast where possible. However, email applications apply dark mode differently, and some clients automatically modify colors in ways that cannot be completely controlled by the sender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical rendering across every light-mode and dark-mode environment cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links and Footer Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add the client-provided destination links, social media links, business information, and approved footer content to the template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo’s required unsubscribe and preference-management functionality is preserved where applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for supplying accurate business information, approved legal language, destination URLs, and any disclosures required for its organization or jurisdiction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test the Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the template is assembled, we use Klaviyo’s available preview and test-send features to review the completed design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop preview review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile preview review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink and button review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne test send to up to three client-provided inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne standard round of in-scope corrections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party inbox testing platforms, testing across every email application, spam-placement analysis, and guaranteed rendering consistency are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEditable Template Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed template remains available inside the client’s Klaviyo account for future editing and reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe template created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe content sections included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe universal content configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe personalization tags used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe testing completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known platform or rendering limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical recommendations for future use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, finished template, supplied brand assets, and associated business materials remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved email copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo and brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved colors and fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage files in usable quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs for all buttons and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired business and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExamples or references for the preferred design direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny personalization fields requested\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three inboxes for the controlled test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely feedback and approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduction begins after all required content, assets, access, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required access, content, assets, links, and design instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated revision round is included when submitted within seven days of initial delivery and remains within the approved design direction and original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new design direction, replacement of approved content, additional templates, extensive structural changes, or additional revision rounds require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one email template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple unrelated design concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting or content strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo or brand identity design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom illustration or photography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive image editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML or hybrid email coding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced Django template logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic tables or custom data feeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced personalization strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct catalog or integration setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation, scheduling, or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation or flow setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup form design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplate migration from another platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party inbox-testing services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormal accessibility or legal compliance certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlimited revisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing template maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed rendering in every email client\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, conversion, or revenue results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836362940699,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_02_37_06PM.png?v=1787942237"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-newsletter-design-setup","title":"Klaviyo Newsletter Design \u0026 Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Newsletter Design \u0026amp; Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one reusable newsletter template, and one fully assembled sample newsletter issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service combines the client’s approved content, images, links, and brand assets into a polished newsletter layout that can be edited and reused for future announcements, company updates, educational content, product highlights, and promotional communications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed newsletter is prepared as a draft and is not scheduled or sent to a live audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Newsletter Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the client-provided materials and establish the practical requirements for the newsletter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended content hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved brand direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo and brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable colors and fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied written content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must select one clear design direction before production begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEstablish the Newsletter Design Direction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one newsletter design direction based on the supplied brand guidelines, reference materials, and approved content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design direction may establish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter header style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypography hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCall-to-action styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall visual rhythm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple unrelated concepts, brand identity development, and exploratory design packages are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild a Reusable Klaviyo Template\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe build one reusable newsletter template inside the client’s Klaviyo account using Klaviyo’s native drag-and-drop email editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template is designed so the client can replace text, images, links, offers, and selected content sections without rebuilding the newsletter from the beginning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finished design is saved inside Klaviyo for future use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate the Newsletter Structure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe template can contain up to 10 reusable newsletter sections plus one branded footer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the approved content, the structure may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnouncement bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo and header\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroductory message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured story\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage and text section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or service highlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany update\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer story or testimonial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent announcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecondary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final combination is selected according to the newsletter’s approved purpose and remains within the included section limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble One Sample Newsletter Issue\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use the approved template to assemble one complete sample newsletter issue with the client-provided content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sample issue demonstrates how the reusable structure can be used in practice and may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved headlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal body copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 supplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons and destination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired footer elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sample issue serves as a prepared design example. Audience selection, campaign scheduling, and live distribution require the separate Klaviyo Email Campaign Setup \u0026amp; Launch service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlace and Format Supplied Images\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place up to 12 client-provided images within the approved newsletter layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic placement may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage sizing inside Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCropping through available editor controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination-link assignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile display review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide images in usable quality and confirm that it has permission to use them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhotography, custom graphics, background removal, advanced retouching, illustration, and extensive image reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Branded Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the newsletter’s visual styling using the available Klaviyo editor controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported fonts and fallback fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeading styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParagraph styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBorders and dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSection padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFont rendering and certain visual details may differ depending on the recipient’s device and email application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can add basic profile personalization where appropriate, such as the recipient’s first name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fallback value is included so the message remains readable when the selected profile information is unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe required profile data must already exist in Klaviyo. Advanced conditional logic, event-based content, dynamic tables, individualized product recommendations, and complex personalization are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrepare Web-View and Preference Links\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate, we prepare the newsletter for Klaviyo’s standard web-view, unsubscribe, and preference-management functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footer can include the client’s supplied:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved disclaimer or legal text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo requires an unsubscribe link in marketing emails. The client remains responsible for providing accurate business information and determining which legal disclosures apply to its organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptimize the Newsletter for Mobile Devices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review and adjust the newsletter for practical use on desktop and mobile devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMobile preparation may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResponsive section behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn stacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile-friendly text sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate margins and padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage scaling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent-order review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile visibility settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail applications process responsive layouts differently, so identical rendering across every device and inbox cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Accessibility Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe apply practical accessibility considerations within the capabilities of Klaviyo’s editor and the content supplied by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear heading hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReadable text sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical color contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDescriptive button labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative text for images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogical content order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoidance of image-only messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnderstandable link presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormal accessibility certification or legal compliance auditing is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Common Dark-Mode Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe newsletter is reviewed with common dark-mode behavior in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use practical treatments for logos, images, text, backgrounds, and borders where possible. However, email applications control how dark mode is applied and may automatically alter colors in different ways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentical appearance across every light-mode and dark-mode environment cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Links and Newsletter Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one standard review of the assembled sample issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied text placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeb-view functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious formatting inconsistencies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for confirming the accuracy of all final copy, prices, offers, dates, product information, legal text, and destination URLs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test the Newsletter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use Klaviyo’s available preview tools to review the newsletter in desktop and mobile views.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne controlled test send to up to three client-provided inboxes is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test is used to review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral visual appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks and buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious rendering problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party inbox testing, spam-filter testing, guaranteed inbox placement, and testing across every email application are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSave and Hand Off the Newsletter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe approved design is saved inside the client’s Klaviyo account as a reusable template.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe template created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sample issue assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sections included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe personalization configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe footer functionality prepared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe preview and testing completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny known limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical instructions for future reuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, completed newsletter, supplied assets, and associated business materials remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved newsletter copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo and brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved colors and fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 prepared images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs for every button and link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name and mailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired legal or disclaimer text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne clear design direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny requested basic personalization information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three inboxes for the test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely review and approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduction begins after all required access, content, images, links, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required materials and access are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved design direction and original scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new design direction, replacement of approved content, additional newsletter issues, major structural changes, or additional revision rounds require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one newsletter template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one sample newsletter issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10 reusable content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 12 supplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple unrelated design concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewsletter content strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo or brand identity design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom photography or illustration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced image editing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML or hybrid email coding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced conditional content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic tables or product feeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience selection or segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign scheduling or live send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation or flow setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplate migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party inbox testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional newsletter editions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing newsletter management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, conversion, or revenue results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836390760731,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_02_49_08PM.png?v=1787942977"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-email-campaign-setup-launch","title":"Klaviyo Email Campaign Setup \u0026 Launch","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Email Campaign Setup \u0026amp; Launch is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one single-channel email campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service prepares one campaign using final client-provided content and an existing Klaviyo template or standard campaign layout. We configure the approved recipients, sender information, campaign content, links, tracking, testing, and delivery settings before scheduling or sending the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a one-time campaign service rather than ongoing campaign management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Campaign Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the materials and instructions supplied for the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign purpose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved offer or message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting template availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal written content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested send date and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplicable tracking instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for approving the campaign strategy, offer, content, recipients, and delivery timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate One Klaviyo Email Campaign\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create and configure one regular email campaign inside the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service applies to one single-channel email campaign and does not include SMS, mobile push, WhatsApp, or a coordinated multichannel campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assign a practical internal campaign name and organize the available campaign settings related to the approved send.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Recipient Group\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the campaign to send to one existing Klaviyo list or one approved segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a new segment is required, the service includes one segment containing up to five standard conditions based on information already available in the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditions may use approved criteria such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail marketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable integration data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced segmentation strategy, predictive analytics, custom event development, database cleanup, and creation of multiple recipient groups are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Recipient Eligibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the visible estimated recipient count and obvious delivery exclusions before launch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome profiles may not receive the campaign because they are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppressed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInvalid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissing email consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcluded by the selected segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcluded by another campaign setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestricted by Smart Sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIneligible under Klaviyo’s platform rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final number of recipients may change as profile information, consent, segment membership, or campaign settings are updated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse an Existing Template or Standard Layout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe campaign is assembled using one existing Klaviyo template supplied or approved by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf no suitable custom template exists, we can use a standard Klaviyo layout and apply the available client-provided brand assets within the limits of this service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom email-template design, custom HTML development, multiple design concepts, and creation of a reusable modular template system require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Campaign Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the final client-provided content into up to eight email sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the approved campaign, these sections may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnouncement bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHero message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroductory text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured product or service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage and text section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer testimonial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEducational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCall-to-action section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes placement of up to 10 client-provided images.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, extensive rewriting, photography, custom illustration, advanced image editing, and creation of additional campaign assets are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Subject Line and Preview Text\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved subject line and one corresponding preview-text version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client may provide the final wording or approve wording adapted directly from the supplied campaign content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple subject-line concepts, professional copywriting, AI-generated variation packages, and subject-line A\/B testing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Sender Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sender information must use an address available and permitted within the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain verification, DNS changes, DKIM or DMARC configuration, inbox warming, and sender-reputation repair require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can add one basic profile-personalization element, such as the recipient’s first name, when the required data already exists in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA practical fallback value is included so the campaign remains readable when the profile property is unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced conditional logic, event-based content, dynamic tables, individualized product feeds, and complex personalization are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links and Calls to Action\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add the client-provided destination URLs to the approved buttons, images, and text links.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary call-to-action link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecondary links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNavigation links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must confirm that all supplied URLs, offers, product pages, prices, and destination content are accurate before launch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Campaign Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review and configure the available campaign-level tracking settings according to the client’s approved instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo conversion tracking readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved default UTM parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved campaign-specific UTM values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include Google Analytics configuration, conversion-event development, attribution consulting, tracking-code installation, or repair of third-party analytics systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Smart Sending\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the campaign’s available Smart Sending setting and configure it according to the approved campaign instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmart Sending can prevent certain subscribers from receiving too many messages within a selected period. When enabled, eligible profiles who recently received another applicable message may be skipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve whether Smart Sending should be enabled or disabled for the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Required Footer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe preserve or configure the standard footer elements required for the approved campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided disclaimer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide accurate business information and determine which legal disclosures are required for its campaign and jurisdiction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test the Campaign\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the campaign using Klaviyo’s available desktop and mobile preview tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one controlled test send to up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting across every email client, third-party inbox testing, spam-filter certification, and guaranteed rendering consistency are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Pre-Launch Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore launch, we complete one standard pre-send review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected recipient group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible estimated recipient count\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuppression and exclusion readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender and reply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks and buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequested delivery time and timezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives the prepared test and must review the final campaign carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequire Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe campaign is not scheduled or sent until the client provides clear written approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproval confirms that the client has reviewed and accepted:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal campaign content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipient selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks and destination pages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffers, prices, and dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend date, time, and timezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges requested after final approval may require rescheduling or an additional service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSchedule or Launch the Campaign\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter written approval, we complete one delivery action:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchedule the campaign for one approved future date and time, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaunch the campaign immediately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly one initial launch is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA resend, follow-up send, campaign clone, corrected replacement campaign, A\/B test, or delivery to another recipient group is treated as an additional campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm the Launch Status\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the campaign is scheduled or sent, we confirm the status visible inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipient group selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest send completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproval received\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScheduled or actual launch status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny visible platform restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed post-send analytics, performance interpretation, campaign optimization, and ongoing monitoring are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved campaign copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing template or complete usable brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 10 prepared images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs for all buttons and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender email and reply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing list or clear segment instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission for the intended recipients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved subject-line direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend date, time, and timezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three inboxes for the test send\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten final approval before launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaign preparation begins after all required access, content, assets, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 5–7 business days after all required materials, access, and campaign instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the original campaign scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe requested launch date must allow sufficient time for setup, client review, corrections, written approval, and scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays in receiving content, access, feedback, approval, or corrected assets may require a new launch date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one campaign\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, push, WhatsApp, or multichannel campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight content sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 10 images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple recipient lists or segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegments containing more than five conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or database cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience warming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliverability repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product feeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing automation or flow setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce or application integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom tracking implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResends or follow-up campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-launch analytics or reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing campaign management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed delivery to every selected profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement, opens, clicks, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53836424446235,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug28_2026_03_30_33PM.png?v=1787945456"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-welcome-series-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Welcome Series Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Welcome Series Flow Setup is a fixed-scope automation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one subscriber list, and one linear welcome flow containing up to three automated emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow is designed to begin when an eligible new subscriber enters the approved Klaviyo list through a working signup source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes flow architecture, trigger and filter configuration, up to three email messages, fixed time delays, basic personalization, testing, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Existing Signup Process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing signup source and confirm which Klaviyo list receives new email subscribers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe source may be:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn existing Klaviyo signup form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning website form connected to Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved e-commerce signup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother existing integration that adds subscribers to the selected list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe signup source must already be functioning correctly. Creating, redesigning, embedding, or repairing signup forms requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Welcome Flow Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one Klaviyo list-based trigger using the approved subscriber list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow is intended to begin when an eligible profile is added to that list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the selected trigger before activation to reduce the risk of connecting the welcome series to the wrong audience or signup source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging the trigger after the flow has been created may require rebuilding or cloning the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApply Standard Flow Filters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three standard trigger or profile-filter conditions when required by the approved welcome strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilters may address conditions such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail marketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent subscription eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMembership in the approved subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusion of an internal test profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved profile property already available in Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex eligibility logic, custom event development, large exclusion systems, and advanced branching require a separate automation service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild a Three-Email Welcome Sequence\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow includes up to three automated emails arranged in one linear sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical structure may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmediate welcome and promised incentive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand, product, or service introduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow-up message and primary next step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final purpose of each email is adapted to the client’s approved content and business objective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include conditional splits, parallel paths, SMS messages, push notifications, or separate customer journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Welcome Email One\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first email is configured to send immediately after entry or after one approved short delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelcome the new subscriber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm what type of communication to expect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliver a client-provided incentive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce the brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent the primary call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect the subscriber to an approved destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the final offer, incentive code, legal conditions, copy, images, and destination links.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Welcome Email Two\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second email is placed after the first approved fixed time delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplain the brand story\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce key products or services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlight customer benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent educational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild familiarity and trust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect the subscriber toward an approved page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe specific message depends on the client-provided content and welcome-series objective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Welcome Email Three\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third email is placed after the second approved fixed time delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforce the primary value proposition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemind the subscriber about an incentive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature selected products or services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide social proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnswer a common question\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent the final call to action in the series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes three emails total. Additional messages require a separate service or expanded automation package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to two fixed time delays between the three emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiming can be based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA fixed number of hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA fixed number of days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn approved time of day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe recipient’s local timezone where supported and appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve the final delay structure before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehavior-based waiting, date-property delays, multiple timing branches, and advanced send-time experimentation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Email Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the final client-provided content into one existing template or standard Klaviyo layout for each message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe series can include up to 12 client-provided images in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic promotional content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard footer elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, extensive rewriting, custom illustrations, photography, advanced image editing, and creation of a new custom template system are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Subject Lines and Preview Text\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved subject line and one preview-text version for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service therefore includes up to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree subject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree preview-text versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple alternatives, subject-line strategy packages, AI variation sets, and A\/B testing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved sender information for the welcome emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sender address must already be available and permitted inside the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDomain verification, DKIM or DMARC configuration, sender warming, and deliverability repair require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can add basic profile personalization, such as the subscriber’s first name, to the approved email content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA practical fallback value is included so the message remains readable when the corresponding profile information is unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced conditional content, event personalization, dynamic tables, individualized recommendations, and complex profile-property logic are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd a Client-Provided Incentive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA static discount code or other client-provided incentive may be placed within the approved welcome emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal incentive code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpiration information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclaimer text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of dynamic or unique coupon codes, catalog-based recommendations, and e-commerce coupon troubleshooting are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Links and Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add the client-provided destination URLs to the approved buttons, text, and images.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also review the available message-level settings for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved UTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration, conversion-event development, tracking-code installation, and repair of external analytics systems are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Smart Sending\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the Smart Sending setting for each included welcome email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first welcome email may need to deliver immediately because it can contain information or an incentive promised during signup. Later messages may use different frequency settings depending on the client’s approved communication strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final Smart Sending configuration is documented before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreserve Footer and Subscription Controls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach email is prepared with the appropriate existing footer and subscription-management elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMailing address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreference-management link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy-policy link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial media links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided legal text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for providing accurate business information and determining which legal disclosures apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test Every Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe preview each email using Klaviyo’s available desktop and mobile views.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious formatting problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service also includes controlled flow testing with up to three designated test profiles or inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThird-party inbox testing, spam-filter certification, and guaranteed rendering across every email application are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Complete Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we review the complete welcome series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected list trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard flow filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject lines and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter readiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client then receives the prepared flow for final review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate After Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welcome series remains in draft or manual status until the client provides written approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter approval, the included flow messages are changed to the appropriate live status so eligible new subscribers can begin entering the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe activation applies only to the approved flow configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExisting and Historical Profiles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welcome series is primarily designed for eligible subscribers who enter the selected list after activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting profiles already in the list do not automatically receive the new welcome sequence simply because the flow is activated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding past profiles, back-populating the flow, sending the series to existing subscribers, or creating a separate re-engagement campaign is not included. These actions require separate review and explicit authorization because they may send automated messages to a larger existing audience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger list selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilters configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown platform limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical maintenance recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, completed flow, supplied content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne functioning signup source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to three emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing template or usable brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 prepared images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender and reply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved subject-line direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved time-delay structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny static incentive code and conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness and footer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three test profiles or inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, content, assets, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required materials and account access are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved structure and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew copy, additional emails, changed triggers, new design directions, branching, additional testing, or expanded automation logic require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one welcome flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, push, or multichannel messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup-form creation or website installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience import or cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical-profile enrollment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple subscriber lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional splits or parallel paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce or custom event triggers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic or unique coupon creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand identity or graphic design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDNS configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-launch performance analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing flow monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed delivery, opens, clicks, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840281010459,"sku":null,"price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_09_40_27PM.png?v=1788054039"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-abandoned-cart-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Abandoned Cart Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Abandoned Cart Flow Setup is a fixed-scope automation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one connected e-commerce store, and one abandoned cart flow containing up to three automated emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one supported cart-abandonment trigger, purchase-based exclusions, dynamic cart content, fixed time delays, limited conditional logic, testing, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connected store and Klaviyo integration must already be installed and transmitting the required customer, checkout, cart, and purchase data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the E-commerce Integration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing connection between Klaviyo and a supported e-commerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review confirms whether the account visibly receives the events required for the approved flow, which may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart or checkout details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer profile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout or cart URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review does not include installing the integration, reconnecting a broken store, repairing data synchronization, editing the checkout, rebuilding a product catalog, or developing custom tracking events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Required Metrics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that Klaviyo has received recent examples of the selected abandonment event and the corresponding purchase event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow requires:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne supported entry event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSufficient cart or checkout data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning purchase event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifiable customer profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsable product or cart information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA working destination for returning to the cart or checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the required data is missing, malformed, or not synchronized, flow production may pause until the integration is corrected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect One Abandonment Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one supported flow trigger:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarted Checkout is commonly used because the shopper has progressed into checkout and supplied identifying information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor eligible Shopify stores, Added to Cart may be available when the Klaviyo app embed and behavioral-event tracking are properly enabled. This trigger reaches shoppers earlier but depends on identifiable onsite activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly one entry trigger is included. Separate Started Checkout and Added to Cart flows require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Purchase-Exclusion Filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the standard purchase-based exclusion needed to prevent later reminders from continuing after Klaviyo records a qualifying order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary logic generally checks that the profile has placed zero orders since entering the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis condition is reviewed before activation and before each included message where supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe effectiveness of the exclusion depends on the store sending accurate and timely order data to Klaviyo. Delayed, missing, duplicated, canceled, or custom order events may affect flow behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Contact Eligibility and Consent\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the approved email-eligibility rules for the abandoned cart flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on account data, platform settings, and applicable law, an identifiable shopper may have one of several email-consent statuses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must determine whether the flow should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude only subscribed email profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude other eligible, non-suppressed profiles where legally permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply additional consent filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclude specified geographic or customer groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not determine whether implied consent or another legal basis applies to a specific profile, business, or jurisdiction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppressed and unsubscribed profiles remain subject to Klaviyo’s sending restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Flow Architecture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe build one abandoned cart flow containing up to 12 total components after the trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included components may consist of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three email actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three fixed time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three supported profile or list update actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne additional approved standard component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact combination is determined by the approved flow plan and cannot exceed 12 post-trigger components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional paths, messages, triggers, actions, and advanced logic require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Abandoned Cart Email One\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first email is configured after one approved delay following the selected abandonment event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemind the shopper about the incomplete cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay the products left behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide a return-to-cart or checkout link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestate a key store benefit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent customer-support information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide the primary recovery call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo generally recommends allowing a short period after checkout begins before sending the first reminder. The final timing is approved by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Abandoned Cart Email Two\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second email is configured after the next approved fixed delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforce the cart reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent additional product or service benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress common purchase concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlight shipping or return information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude approved social proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat the return-to-cart action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the final content, policies, claims, prices, and offer information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Abandoned Cart Email Three\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optional third email is configured after the final approved delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide a final cart reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforce urgency supported by the client’s actual offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude an approved static incentive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlight customer assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent a final return-to-cart call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFalse urgency, inaccurate inventory claims, and unsupported expiration language are not added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fourth email or separate follow-up sequence is outside the included scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Dynamic Cart Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure supported dynamic content using the cart or checkout event data available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the connected platform and event payload, the email may display:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariant information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart or checkout URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dynamic section is previewed using available event data from the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom event schemas, custom API data, malformed payload repair, and development of unsupported product variables are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Return-to-Cart Action\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the primary button or link using the supported cart or checkout URL supplied through the event data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal is to return the recipient to the appropriate cart, checkout, or store destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFunctionality depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe connected e-commerce platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe event used to trigger the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable checkout or cart data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookie and browser behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore-session duration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform-specific cart restoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shopper’s device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA permanently preserved cart or identical cart restoration on every device cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Fixed Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to three fixed time delays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA delay before the first email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA delay between the first and second emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA delay between the second and third emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo currently recommends sending the first standard abandoned-checkout reminder approximately 2–4 hours after checkout begins and a second email approximately 20–48 hours later. Final timing is adjusted to the client’s approved strategy and store activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehavior-based waiting, predictive send timing, extensive timezone branching, and multiple timing experiments are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Conditional Splits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can configure up to two standard conditional splits using data already available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproved split conditions may distinguish profiles by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting customer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail marketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported event-data condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe required information must exist and be consistently available within the selected event or customer profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNested logic systems, multiple parallel journeys, predictive splits, and custom-coded conditions are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Profile or List Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to three supported profile-property or list actions when required by the approved flow plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActions may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating one approved profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding an eligible profile to one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving a profile from one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying another standard Klaviyo-supported update\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese actions are used only when appropriate and approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCRM synchronization, external API calls, webhook development, complex data transformation, and cross-platform automation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Email Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client’s final approved content into one existing template or standard Klaviyo layout for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes placement of up to 12 client-provided supporting images across the flow, in addition to product images generated through the dynamic cart block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail assembly may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, custom template design, photography, custom illustration, and advanced image editing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Subject Lines and Preview Text\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved subject line and one preview-text version for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service therefore includes up to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree subject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree preview-text versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple alternatives, A\/B testing, professional copywriting, and subject-line experimentation packages are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can configure basic profile or event personalization when the required data is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved standard property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFallback content is used where practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex conditional personalization, individualized recommendations, dynamic cross-sells, and custom data transformation require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd a Client-Provided Incentive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn approved static discount code may be placed in one or more emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscount value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpiration information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEligible products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclaimer text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreation of unique dynamic coupons, coupon synchronization, discount strategy, and troubleshooting store promotion rules are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Tracking Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review the approved:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain authentication, DNS changes, attribution consulting, Google Analytics configuration, and custom tracking development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview the Dynamic Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email is previewed using available customer and event data from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart or checkout link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreview accuracy depends on the quality and completeness of the event data already stored in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Controlled Store-Action Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled abandoned-cart test using the client’s functioning store and up to three client-provided test inboxes or profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test may involve:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying a test shopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting an approved cart or checkout action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that Klaviyo records the event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing flow-trigger eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreviewing dynamic cart data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the purchase-exclusion logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the prepared email path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test does not include placing a paid order unless the client independently authorizes and completes that purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction attempt is included for an in-scope flow configuration issue. Integration or store-data failures require separate technical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Pre-Activation Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase-exclusion filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile or list actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn-to-cart link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject lines and preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed flow remains in draft or manual status until written approval is received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate After Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the client provides written approval, the included messages and approved flow components are changed to the appropriate live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation applies only to the approved trigger, flow structure, content, and settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting profiles are not back-populated into the flow unless separately reviewed, authorized, and purchased as additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore and integration reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase exclusion configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent controls applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelays and splits configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic content used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown data or platform limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical maintenance recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, store data, completed flow, supplied content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate e-commerce administrator access when needed for testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne functioning store integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking cart or checkout events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking purchase events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent testable event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to three emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing template or usable brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 supporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved consent instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved delay and split logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny static discount code and conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three test profiles or inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, data, materials, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, content, data, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved structure and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegration failures, missing metrics, incomplete event data, store changes, or delayed approvals may extend the completion time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce integration installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one abandoned cart flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one entry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 12 post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three profile or list actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event or API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore, catalog, checkout, or data repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate Added to Cart and Started Checkout flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse-abandonment automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple currencies or storefront-specific paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic or unique coupon development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced product recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, push, or multichannel messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical-profile enrollment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional email setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-launch performance reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed recovery, conversion, delivery, or revenue results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840282059035,"sku":null,"price":1299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_09_43_50PM.png?v=1788054273"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-browse-abandonment-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Browse Abandonment Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Browse Abandonment Flow Setup is a fixed-scope automation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one connected e-commerce store, and one browse abandonment flow containing up to two automated emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service uses the Klaviyo Viewed Product metric to identify eligible visitors who viewed a product page but did not proceed to checkout or complete an order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow includes dynamic viewed-product content, checkout and purchase exclusions, re-entry controls, fixed time delays, limited conditional logic, testing, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstand Who Can Enter the Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse abandonment automation does not identify every anonymous website visitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA person normally must be recognizable to Klaviyo through an existing profile, cookie, signup interaction, prior email engagement, checkout activity, customer login, or another supported identification method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEligibility can also be affected by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowser cookie settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer privacy settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytics consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic privacy requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopify Customer Privacy configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAd blockers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowser restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo profile status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnsite-tracking availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not guarantee that every product-page visitor will be identified or enter the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the E-commerce Connection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing connection between Klaviyo and the client’s e-commerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review confirms whether Klaviyo is visibly receiving the standard data required for the flow, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifiable profile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling or rebuilding the store integration, repairing catalog synchronization, modifying checkout behavior, or developing custom tracking is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Onsite Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the visible status of the existing Klaviyo onsite-tracking configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify stores, Viewed Product tracking generally depends on the Klaviyo app embed being active in the current published theme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA theme replacement, disabled app embed, privacy configuration, custom storefront, or unsupported product-page structure may prevent events from being recorded correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard readiness review is included. Custom JavaScript installation, theme modification, headless-store tracking, cookie-platform configuration, and technical tracking repair require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Viewed Product Metric\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that Klaviyo has received recent Viewed Product events from identifiable visitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available event data is reviewed for standard properties such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct identifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category or collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother available product property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact properties depend on the connected store and integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf recent testable Viewed Product events are unavailable, flow production may pause until tracking is corrected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Viewed Product Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one metric-triggered Klaviyo flow using Viewed Product as the sole entry trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger responds when an identifiable profile generates a qualifying product-view event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include separate triggers for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive on Site\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmitted Search\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarted Checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom browsing events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose behaviors require separate flows or expanded automation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Checkout-Exclusion Filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure a standard filter intended to stop browse reminders when Klaviyo records that the visitor has started checkout after entering the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis prevents the browse flow from continuing to send less-relevant product-view reminders after the shopper progresses into the checkout journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA separate abandoned cart flow can handle the later checkout stage when purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Purchase-Exclusion Filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure a standard filter intended to stop remaining browse reminders after Klaviyo records a qualifying order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe filter generally checks that the profile has placed zero orders since entering the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts effectiveness depends on accurate and timely Started Checkout and Placed Order data from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing, delayed, duplicated, or custom events may affect flow behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Re-entry Controls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one standard re-entry control to reduce excessive repeated entry when the same person views products frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe control may prevent a profile from re-entering the flow for an approved number of days after a previous entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final re-entry period is selected according to the client’s approved sending strategy and other active Klaviyo automations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex frequency-management systems and coordination across multiple unrelated flows are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Flow Architecture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to eight total components after the Viewed Product trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included components may consist of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two email actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two fixed time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to one conditional split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two supported profile or list update actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne additional approved standard component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact combination is determined by the approved flow plan and cannot exceed eight post-trigger components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Browse Abandonment Email One\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first email is configured after one approved delay following the product-view event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemind the visitor about the viewed product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay the product image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay the product name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay the available product price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink back to the product page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlight one approved product or store benefit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent a clear return-to-product call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe email uses client-provided content and available event data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Browse Abandonment Email Two\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optional second email is configured after the next approved fixed delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforce interest in the viewed product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAddress a common purchase concern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude approved social proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent store or product benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclude an approved static incentive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat the return-to-product action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA third email or separate product-nurture sequence requires an expanded service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Dynamic Viewed-Product Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure a dynamic section using the product information contained in the Viewed Product event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the available data, the section may display:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother standard product property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dynamic variables are selected from actual event data available inside the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom event schemas, malformed data repair, unsupported variable development, and external API requests are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Product Return Link\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary call-to-action button is configured to return the recipient to the relevant product page using the available product URL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flow does not restore a cart because the visitor may not have added the product to a cart or started checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCart reconstruction and checkout recovery belong to the separate Klaviyo Abandoned Cart Flow Setup service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Fixed Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow includes up to two fixed time delays:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne delay before the first email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne delay before the optional second email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final timing is approved by the client and considered alongside other campaigns and flows already active in the account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePredictive send time, extensive timezone branching, behavior-based waiting, and multiple timing experiments are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Conditional Split\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can configure up to one standard conditional split when supported by the available data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe split may use a condition such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct identifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting customer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail marketing consent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother available profile or event property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information must already exist and be consistently available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNested branches, multiple product paths, predictive conditions, and large catalog-specific logic systems are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Profile or List Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to two supported profile-property or list actions when required by the approved flow plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActions may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating one approved profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding an eligible profile to one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving a profile from one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying another standard Klaviyo-supported update\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal CRM updates, API calls, webhook development, and cross-platform data transformation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Email Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place the client’s final approved content into one existing template or standard Klaviyo layout for each included message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes placement of up to eight client-provided supporting images across the flow, in addition to the dynamically displayed viewed-product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or store benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, custom template design, photography, illustration, and advanced image editing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Subject Lines and Preview Text\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved subject line and one preview-text version for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service therefore includes up to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo subject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo preview-text versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSubject-line alternatives, professional copywriting, variation packages, and A\/B testing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Basic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can configure basic profile or event personalization using data already available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed product name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved standard property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFallback content is used where practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex conditional personalization and individualized content strategy are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd a Client-Provided Incentive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne client-provided static discount code may be placed in the approved email content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must supply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal discount code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscount value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpiration information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclaimer text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic coupon generation, discount strategy, and troubleshooting store promotion rules are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Consent and Privacy Controls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the approved email-eligibility instructions for the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse tracking and flow eligibility may be restricted when visitors have not provided the consent required by the store’s privacy configuration or applicable law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify stores, customer privacy settings may prevent Klaviyo from recording onsite activity for certain visitors in the EU, EEA, United Kingdom, and Switzerland unless appropriate consent has been provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for selecting its consent policy and determining the legal basis for sending each message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Tracking Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review the approved:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain authentication, DNS changes, attribution consulting, and Google Analytics configuration are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview the Dynamic Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email is previewed with available Viewed Product event data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe preview can only display properties available in the selected event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Controlled Product-View Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled test using the functioning store and up to three client-provided test profiles or inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying a test profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisiting an approved product page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that Viewed Product is recorded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing flow-trigger eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking checkout and purchase exclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreviewing the dynamic product content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing the expected message path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne standard correction attempt is included for an in-scope flow configuration issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking, integration, privacy, or event-data failures require separate technical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Pre-Activation Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout-exclusion filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase-exclusion filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product variables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct return link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow remains in draft or manual status until the client provides written approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate After Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter written approval, the included flow messages and approved components are changed to the appropriate live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation applies only to the approved flow structure, trigger, content, filters, and settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical-profile enrollment and back-population are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore and tracking reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product trigger selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusion filters configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry control applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product content used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown tracking or data limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical maintenance recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, store data, completed flow, and supplied business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate store access when required for testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne functioning e-commerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking onsite tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent Viewed Product events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking Started Checkout and Placed Order events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to two emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing template or usable brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to eight supporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved destination URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender and reply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved consent instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved delay and re-entry settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny static discount code and conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three test profiles or inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, data, materials, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required access, content, data, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved structure and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing events, disabled tracking, privacy restrictions, theme changes, or delayed approvals may extend the completion time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or sending fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-commerce integration installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnsite-tracking installation or custom JavaScript\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCookie-consent platform configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one browse abandonment flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one entry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than eight post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one conditional split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two profile or list actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event or API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore, theme, catalog, or event-data repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to Cart or Started Checkout automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandoned cart automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbandoned collection or search flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-feed or recommendation development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic coupon development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, push, or multichannel messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical-profile enrollment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-launch performance reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed tracking, delivery, engagement, conversion, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840282779931,"sku":null,"price":1099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_09_51_23PM.png?v=1788054692"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-post-purchase-review-request-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Post-Purchase \u0026 Review Request Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Post-Purchase \u0026amp; Review Request Flow Setup is a fixed-scope automation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one connected e-commerce store, and one coordinated post-purchase customer journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Placed Order-triggered post-purchase flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Klaviyo Reviews request flow or one approved external review-request path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four automated emails across the selected configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder-based filters and timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited conditional logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic order or purchased-product content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten-approval activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImplementation handoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service is intended for marketing and customer-relationship follow-up. It does not replace the transactional order, payment, fulfillment, or shipping notifications sent by the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect the Review Request Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service supports one of two review-request configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eKlaviyo Reviews Configuration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf Klaviyo Reviews is already installed, active, and producing the required events, we can configure a separate review request flow using the Klaviyo Reviews Ready to Review event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis event is generated according to the fulfillment, delivery, and timing settings available through Klaviyo Reviews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eExternal Review Destination Configuration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the client uses another review destination, one review-request email can be incorporated into the post-purchase journey using an approved delay and a client-provided review link.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe destination may be:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn existing product-review platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA product review page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA store review page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Business Profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved public or private feedback page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly one configuration and one primary review destination are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview the Store Integration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing e-commerce connection and confirm whether Klaviyo is receiving the events required for the approved flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrdered Product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFulfilled Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered Shipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefunded Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCanceled Order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to Review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview Submitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable order and product properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact metrics depend on the connected platform, Klaviyo plan, installed applications, and store configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegration installation, connection repair, custom events, API development, and catalog reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Order Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe confirm that recent order events contain sufficient information for the selected flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable data may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchased products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct prices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URLs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFulfillment information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic content can use only the properties actually received and stored in the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeparate Marketing From Transactional Messages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service does not replace required store notifications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePayment confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery notification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefund confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCancellation notice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther required transactional communication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included emails are designed for post-purchase relationship building, product education, customer support, cross-selling, replenishment guidance, or review collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransactional messages have different content and platform requirements and require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Post-Purchase Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one post-purchase flow using Placed Order as the primary trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger begins the journey after Klaviyo records a qualifying purchase from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate, the flow can use supported order properties to limit eligibility according to the approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate triggers for Fulfilled Order, Delivered Shipment, Ordered Product, or custom events require an expanded service unless they are used through the selected Klaviyo Reviews configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Order and Customer Filters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure standard filters needed for the approved post-purchase journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilters may address:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefund status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCancellation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother available order or profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe required data must already be available and reliable inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe behavior of filters depends on the timing and accuracy of data received from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Automation Architecture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to 14 total components after the included trigger or triggers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe components may consist of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four email actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three supported profile or list actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne additional approved standard component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact combination is based on the approved customer journey and cannot exceed 14 post-trigger components across the selected setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the First Post-Purchase Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first email may be configured shortly after Klaviyo records the order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThank the customer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforce the brand relationship\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplain what to expect next\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide customer-support information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink to helpful store resources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce product-use or care information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresent another approved non-transactional message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message does not serve as the customer’s official order confirmation or receipt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Second Post-Purchase Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second email may be placed after an approved delay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis message may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide product-use instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShare care or maintenance guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplain how to receive support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighlight helpful educational content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduce the brand community\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnswer common post-purchase questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide another approved customer resource\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must supply accurate product instructions, policies, and support information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Third Post-Purchase Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optional third post-purchase email may be used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA client-selected related product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA replenishment reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA customer-support check-in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA community or loyalty invitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA product-specific educational follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA review-request preparation message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved post-purchase objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic predictive cross-selling and product-feed development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny related products must be selected by the client or already available through a functioning approved content block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Review Request Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review request email is configured after the approved order, fulfillment, delivery, or fixed-delay condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe message may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchased product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect review link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear request for honest feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer-support information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate review instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided incentive details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclosure language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe request must not state or imply that only positive feedback is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Review Request Timing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReview timing is selected according to the product, fulfillment process, delivery expectations, and available review-platform functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timing should allow the customer a reasonable opportunity to receive and use the product before being asked for feedback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen Klaviyo Reviews is used, the request timing is configured through its review-request settings and the Ready to Review event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an external review destination, one approved fixed delay is used based on client instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReal-time carrier delivery verification and custom shipping-data development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure One Review Destination\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the email to direct customers to one approved review destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the working review URL or an active Klaviyo Reviews setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating a review-platform account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling Klaviyo Reviews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMigrating historical reviews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a review website\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating Google Business Profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguring multiple review destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing third-party review integrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequest Honest Customer Feedback\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review message is structured to request honest feedback from eligible customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automation will not intentionally:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAsk only satisfied customers to leave a public review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedirect unhappy customers away from the review option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequire a positive rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreselect a favorable rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHide the public review link based on sentiment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate fake or employee-submitted reviews\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA private customer-support link may be included, but it does not replace or restrict access to the approved review destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure a Client-Provided Review Incentive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA client-provided incentive may be referenced when permitted by the selected review platform and applicable rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncentive value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEligibility terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpiration information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedemption method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired disclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReward-delivery instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf an incentive is offered for submitting a review, it must not depend on the review being positive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating unique reward codes, automatically distributing rewards, building a Review Submitted follow-up flow, and administering incentive fulfillment are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Conditional Splits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to two standard conditional splits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupported conditions may distinguish customers by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst-time or repeat purchaser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or category purchased\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother supported order property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe relevant data must already exist in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePredictive logic, large product-specific path systems, and advanced cross-sell modeling are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Dynamic Order Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure available event variables or supported dynamic blocks to display relevant order or product information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the event data, this may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnother approved order property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom event schemas, broken product data, unsupported variables, and API data repair are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Profile or List Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to three standard profile-property or list update actions when required by the approved journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating one approved profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding an eligible profile to one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving a profile from one approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying another supported Klaviyo action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal CRM updates, webhooks, custom API calls, and cross-platform automation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssemble the Email Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe place final client-provided content into one existing template or standard Klaviyo layout for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes up to 16 client-provided supporting images across the complete setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmail assembly may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic order or product section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer-support information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopywriting, custom template design, photography, illustration, and advanced image editing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Subject Lines and Preview Text\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one approved subject line and one preview-text version for each included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service therefore includes up to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour subject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour preview-text versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternative subject-line packages and A\/B testing are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Sender and Tracking Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure or review the approved:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard open tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard click tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain authentication, DNS changes, attribution consulting, and Google Analytics configuration are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePreview and Test the Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email is previewed using available profile, order, product, or review-event data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriggered event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest messages are delivered to up to three client-provided inboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete a Controlled Order-Event Test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete one controlled test using a recent eligible order event or a client-authorized test order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the order event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing flow eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing conditional paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreviewing dynamic order data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting the review destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming expected time-delay behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing message status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not independently place a paid order without the client’s authorization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore, integration, fulfillment, or event-data failures require separate technical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete the Pre-Activation Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-purchase trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request trigger or path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder and customer filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncentive disclosure, if applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automation remains in draft or manual status until the client provides written approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivate After Written Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter written approval, the included messages and flow components are changed to the appropriate live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivation applies only to the approved structure, triggers, timing, messages, and review destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical-order enrollment and collection of reviews from past purchases are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore and metrics reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow configuration selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriggers and filters applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays and splits configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview destination used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivation status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown data or platform limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical maintenance recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, store data, completed automation, reviews, and supplied business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo administrator access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate store access when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne functioning e-commerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking order and fulfillment data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn active Klaviyo Reviews installation or one external review destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approved copy for up to four emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne existing template or usable brand assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 16 prepared supporting images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-use or care information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved review-request language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking review URL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender and reply-to information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved delay and split logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny review incentive and disclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three test inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely consolidated feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten approval before activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork begins after all required access, data, content, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, order data, review functionality, content, and instructions are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the corresponding delivery and remain within the approved structure and original quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing events, unavailable review functionality, incomplete content, integration problems, or delayed approvals may extend the completion time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription, sending, or Reviews fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Reviews installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-platform account creation or migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one post-purchase journey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one review destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four automated emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 14 post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three profile or list actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransactional order, payment, shipping, or refund emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event or API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore, catalog, fulfillment, or data repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product-feed development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePredictive product recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic review-reward fulfillment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview Submitted follow-up automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview moderation or responses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical-order enrollment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, push, WhatsApp, or multichannel messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom email-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-launch performance reporting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed reviews, ratings, repeat purchases, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840410149147,"sku":null,"price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_11_37_13PM.png?v=1788061044"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-customer-win-back-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Customer Win-Back Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Customer Win-Back Flow Setup is a fixed-scope implementation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, one connected ecommerce store, and one customer win-back flow containing up to four branded email messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow is designed for previous customers who completed a purchase but have not returned within the business’s expected repeat-purchase cycle. It uses purchase activity, strategic time delays, customer filters, personalized content, and approved offers to encourage another order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service is specifically for customer win-back automation. General subscriber re-engagement campaigns, sunset flows, and inactive-profile suppression programs are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Win-Back Strategy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe establish one practical win-back strategy based on the client’s products, customer journey, and typical time between purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planning process covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe desired repeat-purchase window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe appropriate delay after the original purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe purpose of each email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved customer groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe products or categories to feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe incentive strategy, when applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe intended call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe conditions that should prevent additional messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe first win-back message is scheduled after a reasonable period beyond the business’s normal buying cycle. The exact timing depends on the information and purchase data available in the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePredictive modeling, custom retention research, customer-lifetime-value analysis, and advanced RFM strategy are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Purchase Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the existing ecommerce integration and confirm that the appropriate \u003ccode\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/code\u003e event is available inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming the connected ecommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentifying the correct purchase metric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing available sample event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking whether recent orders are reaching Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirming that the available data can support the approved flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must have an active and functioning ecommerce integration before implementation begins. Installing or repairing the integration, reconstructing historical data, and developing custom purchase events are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Flow Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one metric-triggered Klaviyo flow using the approved \u003ccode\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/code\u003e event from the connected store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA repeat-purchase profile filter is added so customers who place another order after entering the flow do not continue receiving inappropriate win-back messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional in-scope filters may be used to restrict the flow according to approved customer, order, product, location, or marketing-consent conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include separate flows for multiple stores, purchase platforms, brands, countries, or order metrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Win-Back Sequence\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe build one customer win-back flow containing up to 14 total configured components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four email messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved customer filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or category content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant calls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical sequence may progress from a friendly brand reminder to product discovery, customer reassurance, an approved incentive, and a final opportunity to return.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact structure is adapted to the client’s customer journey and does not require every available component when a simpler flow is more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate Up to Four Branded Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to four branded email messages inside the Klaviyo drag-and-drop editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded layout and styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided or approved product imagery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter and unsubscribe review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 16 approved client-provided, website-sourced, or product-feed images may be used across the complete sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew logos, product photography, custom illustration, advanced image retouching, and custom-coded HTML email development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Personalization and Product Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available account data supports it, the emails can include approved Klaviyo personalization variables and relevant product content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersonalization may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrevious-order context\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore or brand information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant product recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDynamic product recommendations depend on a properly synchronized product catalog and sufficient customer data. Product-feed installation, catalog repair, and custom recommendation algorithms are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFallback content is configured where appropriate so missing profile information does not create visibly incomplete messaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Conditional Logic\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to two practical conditional splits when different customer groups require different messaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplits may be based on available data such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of previous orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchased category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting segment membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConditional paths are limited to the approved component count. Complex multi-branch architecture, extensive customer scoring, and advanced predictive branching require a separate scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIncorporate an Approved Offer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow can incorporate one client-approved incentive strategy when appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the final discount terms and ensure that any required coupon codes or store promotions are correctly configured and available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can insert approved static codes or supported existing Klaviyo coupon content into the emails. Creating ecommerce discount rules, developing a custom coupon system, configuring extensive dynamic-code logic, or determining promotional profitability is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA discount is not required when a product reminder, replenishment message, new-product introduction, educational message, or other retention approach is more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Message Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the essential settings for each included flow email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing-status eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe authenticated sending domain and general Klaviyo account settings must already be correctly configured. Domain authentication and broader deliverability work are available as separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Historical Profile Eligibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review whether eligible past customers can be safely added to the completed metric-triggered flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the available data, marketing permission, flow timeline, and client approval support it, one controlled past-profile scheduling action may be completed. Klaviyo determines where eligible profiles enter according to the timing of their original purchase and the duration of the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers whose purchases fall outside the completed flow timeline may require a separate segment and one-time campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical-profile scheduling is not performed without client approval and does not guarantee that every previous customer will enter or receive every message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest and Validate the Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we test the included email content and flow logic using the preview and testing options available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger and filter review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConditional-path review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic-content preview\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest emails to up to three client-provided inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne controlled review of Manual mode when appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting is based on the data available in the client’s account. Inbox placement, rendering in every email application, customer engagement, conversions, and revenue cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivation and Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter final client approval, the completed flow is placed in Manual or Live status according to the approved launch plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe flow configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe purchase metric selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe primary filters applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe approved timing structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe emails and flow components created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe testing completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe status of the flow at handoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved account or integration limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, ecommerce store, customer data, email content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to the connected ecommerce store when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning ecommerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable \u003ccode\u003ePlaced Order\u003c\/code\u003e event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation about the typical repeat-purchase cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender name and sender address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand guidelines and logo files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct information and approved imagery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal offer terms and coupon codes, when applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for test emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely feedback and final approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays in access, integration readiness, content, assets, offers, or approvals may extend the delivery schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 10–15 business days after all required access, information, content, and brand assets are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the initial delivery and remain within the approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevisions may address included copy, design, timing, links, personalization, and standard flow configuration. A new strategy, additional emails, additional branches, a replacement flow, or materially different creative direction requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account or ecommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one customer win-back flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four email messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 14 configured flow components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than two conditional splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, push notification, or WhatsApp messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce integration installation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event tracking or API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-feed or catalog repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom HTML email development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew branding, photography, or advanced image production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced predictive analytics or RFM strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive dynamic coupon configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral re-engagement or sunset automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact cleanup or suppression management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring, reporting, or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuing A\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed email delivery or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, repeat purchases, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840428826907,"sku":null,"price":1299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_11_45_35PM.png?v=1788061581"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-back-in-stock-flow-setup","title":"Klaviyo Back-in-Stock Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Back-in-Stock Flow Setup is a fixed-scope implementation service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one connected Shopify or BigCommerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one branded back-in-stock button and signup form, one Klaviyo back-in-stock flow, one customized restock notification email, inventory-notification settings, storefront testing, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package is email-only and uses Klaviyo’s native Back-in-Stock form builder. Implementations for Magento, PrestaShop, Shopware, Salesforce Commerce Cloud, custom catalogs, APIs, or other platforms require a separately defined scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo does not currently list WooCommerce among its standard supported Back-in-Stock platforms, so WooCommerce implementation is not included in this fixed package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Platform and Inventory Readiness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the existing Klaviyo ecommerce integration and confirm that the connected store can support the native Back-in-Stock feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected Shopify or BigCommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct catalog synchronization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and variant inventory data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOut-of-stock product behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting Back-in-Stock forms or code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Klaviyo event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorefront theme compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne client-selected test product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s catalog and inventory must already synchronize correctly with Klaviyo. Ecommerce integration installation, catalog reconstruction, inventory-system repair, and custom product-feed development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Notify Me Button\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure one native Klaviyo Back-in-Stock button that appears on qualifying unavailable product pages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe button configuration may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved button text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFont styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton size and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBorder and corner styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic placement settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe button is designed to appear when a supported product or variant becomes unavailable and disappear when the product becomes available again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced theme development, custom product-page reconstruction, third-party page-builder repair, and different button designs for multiple product templates are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild the Back-in-Stock Form\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create and customize one Klaviyo Back-in-Stock form connected to the approved storefront button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe form may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail address field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-specific notification request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved heading and supporting text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubmit button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccess confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors and typography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired privacy or disclosure link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional promotional email opt-in checkbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA request for a restock alert does not automatically represent general marketing consent. When the client wants to collect promotional email subscribers, the optional marketing opt-in element is configured separately using the client-approved list and disclosure language.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo permits only one Back-in-Stock form in an account at a time. If an existing form is present, it may need to be removed or replaced before the new form can be created.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRemove Standard Legacy Code When Required\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a previous Klaviyo Back-in-Stock code snippet is visibly creating a duplicate button or form, we review the installation and remove one identifiable standard legacy snippet when it can be safely located.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include extensive theme-code investigation, repair of third-party Back-in-Stock applications, removal of undocumented custom scripts, or reconstruction of modified theme files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for maintaining an appropriate theme backup or published-theme copy before code-related changes are approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Flow Trigger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Klaviyo flow using the platform-specific \u003ccode\u003eSubscribed to Back in Stock\u003c\/code\u003e event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a shopper submits the form for an unavailable product or variant, Klaviyo records the subscription event and places that shopper into the Back-in-Stock flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard Klaviyo configuration does not require conventional trigger or profile filters for this flow. The subscription event identifies the requested item and connects the shopper to the appropriate inventory notification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom event development and alternative triggers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure the Back in Stock Delay\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe add and configure Klaviyo’s dedicated Back in Stock delay directly after the flow trigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers remain at this delay until Klaviyo detects that their requested product or variant has met the approved inventory conditions. Eligible customers then proceed to the notification email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specialized component replaces a conventional time delay. The package does not add unnecessary hourly or daily delays before the primary restock notification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Inventory Notification Rules\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the available account-level Back-in-Stock settings according to the client’s approved inventory strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe settings include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum restock inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotification quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotify-all or batch-notification preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of customers notified per available unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaiting period between notification batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese settings help prevent the store from notifying more interested shoppers than the available inventory can reasonably support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBack-in-Stock settings operate at the Klaviyo account level and may affect every Back-in-Stock flow in that account. Final settings require client approval before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInventory forecasting, warehouse strategy, purchasing decisions, and multichannel inventory reconciliation are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign the Restock Notification Email\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one branded restock notification email inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe email includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved subject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded header and layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear restock announcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic product or variant information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent product title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable price information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-page link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary shop-now call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter and unsubscribe review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe email uses Klaviyo’s specialized Back-in-Stock variables to retrieve current catalog information at send time. This helps ensure that product details reflect the latest synchronized information rather than details stored when the shopper originally requested the alert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew product photography, advanced image production, custom-coded HTML, and multiple creative email versions are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Email Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the essential configuration for the included notification email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmart Sending is normally disabled for the primary restock notification because the customer specifically requested an alert for that product. Final settings are configured according to the approved implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSending-domain authentication and broader deliverability configuration are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Storefront Experience\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe test the completed Back-in-Stock experience using one approved unavailable product or variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotify Me button visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm opening behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail submission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuccess confirmation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ccode\u003eSubscribed to Back in Stock\u003c\/code\u003e event creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or variant association\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack in Stock delay placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic email content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct link destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting may require temporarily adjusting the inventory status of a client-approved test product. The client must approve any inventory change before it is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Shopify stores, products configured to continue selling when out of stock may not display the Back-in-Stock form because the platform continues treating them as available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Notification Flow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the completed flow structure and send test previews to up to three client-provided email addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA live restock test can be completed when the store has a suitable test product and the client approves the required inventory changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe test confirms the standard Klaviyo configuration but cannot guarantee delivery to every mailbox, continuous inventory accuracy, or identical rendering in every email application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivation and Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter final approval, we publish the Back-in-Stock form and place the flow email in the approved Manual or Live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm and button created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow trigger selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack in Stock delay configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotification settings applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest product used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatus at handoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved store or platform limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, ecommerce store, customer information, inventory data, email content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator or collaborator access to Shopify or BigCommerce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning Klaviyo ecommerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSynchronized product and inventory information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved out-of-stock test product or variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation about inventory and restocking practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender name and email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand guidelines and logo files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved button and form wording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing opt-in instructions, when applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for email testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely feedback and final approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing access, catalog problems, incompatible product settings, theme conflicts, or delayed approvals may extend the delivery schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 7–10 business days after all required access, information, brand assets, and a suitable test product are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the initial delivery and remain within the original service scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevisions may address the included button, form styling, email content, inventory settings, and standard flow configuration. A new form strategy, additional emails, another storefront, or materially different design direction requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Shopify or BigCommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Back-in-Stock form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Back-in-Stock flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one restock notification email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooCommerce implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported ecommerce platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom catalog or product-feed development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAPI or custom event development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce integration installation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInventory-system repair or migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive theme-code troubleshooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party Back-in-Stock application repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple product-template implementations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or push notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom-coded HTML email development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct photography or advanced image creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInventory forecasting or purchasing strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional reminder messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing reporting or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inventory accuracy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed email delivery or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed customer purchases or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840436068635,"sku":null,"price":1099.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_11_53_56PM.png?v=1788062048"},{"product_id":"custom-klaviyo-automation-flow-setup","title":"Custom Klaviyo Automation Flow Setup","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Klaviyo Automation Flow Setup is a fixed-scope service for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one custom email automation containing up to five branded email messages and 18 post-trigger flow components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service is designed for a customer journey that does not fit one of KizilCo’s dedicated Klaviyo flow packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible use cases include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVIP customer recognition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer milestone automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirthday or anniversary messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct replenishment reminders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscription or membership reminders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLead-nurturing sequences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct education\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoyalty communication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenewal reminders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer onboarding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegment-based promotions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelcome Series, Abandoned Cart, Browse Abandonment, Post-Purchase and Review Request, Customer Win-Back, and Back-in-Stock flows are covered by their respective dedicated services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis package provides custom architecture inside Klaviyo’s native flow builder. It does not include custom application development or the creation of a new data integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDefine the Automation Goal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe begin by defining one clear business objective for the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planning process covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWho should enter the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat event or condition should start it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat the customer should receive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat action the customer should take\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow long the journey should last\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen messaging should stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhich customers require different paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhich Klaviyo properties should be updated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow success can be measured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must select one primary automation objective. Combining unrelated customer journeys into one flow is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate the Flow Architecture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare one practical automation structure before implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe architecture defines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage-level filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranching conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNative non-message actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExit or suppression logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual or Live activation approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed automation may contain up to 18 post-trigger components across all paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery email, delay, split, and non-message action counts as one component. Components duplicated across separate branches also count individually toward the total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValidate the Trigger Data\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review one existing Klaviyo data source and confirm that it can support the approved automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow may use one of the following existing trigger types:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded to segment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecorded metric or customer event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported customer or ecommerce activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected list, segment, metric, event, or date property must already exist and contain usable information before implementation begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can review recent profiles or events to confirm the visible field names, values, and available personalization data. Creating a new tracked event, installing a new integration, repairing missing data, or sending custom information to Klaviyo requires a separate technical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected trigger must be approved carefully because Klaviyo does not allow the trigger of an existing flow to be directly replaced after configuration. A materially different trigger may require cloning or rebuilding the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Trigger and Profile Filters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved trigger, entry criteria, and filters needed to control flow participation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilters may use available information such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList or segment membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or order data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting custom properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrigger filters evaluate information associated with the event that starts an eligible metric-based flow. Profile filters determine whether a person remains eligible as they progress through the automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service includes one approved set of filters within the overall component and complexity limits. Extensive nested logic, database reconstruction, or troubleshooting missing properties is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Re-Entry Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure how frequently an eligible profile may enter the flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable approaches may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter only once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-enter whenever the profile qualifies again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-enter only after a defined minimum period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct option depends on the trigger, automation purpose, and risk of sending repetitive messages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRe-entry settings are approved before activation and documented at handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCreate Up to Five Branded Emails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create up to five email messages across the complete custom flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included email may contain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail copywriting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBranded header and layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved customer messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided or approved imagery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFooter and unsubscribe review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 20 approved client-provided, website-sourced, or product-feed images may be used across the complete flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive emails represent the total across every branch. For example, three emails on the primary path and two different emails on another path use the entire five-email allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew branding, product photography, custom illustration, advanced image production, and custom-coded HTML email development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd Dynamic Personalization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the available data supports it, the included emails can use approved Klaviyo profile or event variables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePersonalization may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompany name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportant dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMembership information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting custom properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved account data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFallback content is configured where appropriate so missing information does not create visibly incomplete messaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package does not include researching missing information, enriching profiles, correcting source-system data, or developing new custom properties through an external integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Time Delays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to four time-delay components across the complete flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiming may be based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinutes, hours, or days after entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA specific time of day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected days of the week\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipient local time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime before or after an available date property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA defined waiting period before evaluating behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timing structure is designed around the approved customer journey and sending frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays duplicated across different paths count separately toward the four-delay limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Multi-Branch Splits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three multi-branch split components using data available in the client’s Klaviyo account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA split may route profiles according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation or language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase history\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegment membership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletion of a defined action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved available data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach included split may contain up to three configured customer paths plus Klaviyo’s automatic \u003ccode\u003eEveryone else\u003c\/code\u003e path.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo evaluates split paths in their configured order and routes each profile through the first path whose conditions it meets. The path order and conditions are reviewed before activation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional branches, extensive decision trees, or flow structures exceeding the component limit require a separate scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfigure Native Non-Message Actions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure up to three supported native non-message actions where they are appropriate for the approved automation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded actions may consist of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdate an existing profile property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate and assign one approved profile property value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd or remove a profile from an approved list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend an internal email alert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery action counts toward the total 18-component allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal webhooks, custom actions, API calls, CRM commands, application updates, and actions requiring third-party development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Message Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the essential configuration for every included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage-level filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s sending domain and general account configuration must already be operational. Domain authentication and broader deliverability setup are separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTest the Automation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore activation, we review and test the included flow using the preview and testing tools available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry-criteria review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter evaluation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelay configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit-path logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNative action configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic-variable preview\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallbacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile email review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest emails to up to three client-provided inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the selected trigger supports previewing, we review representative profiles or events to confirm that the expected people qualify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplex flow logic may initially be placed in Manual status so eligible recipients can be reviewed before automatic sending begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting is limited by the quality and availability of the client’s account data. KizilCo cannot guarantee that every possible data combination or future profile behavior can be reproduced during implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview Past-Profile Eligibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review whether existing profiles should be added to the completed flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorical scheduling depends on the trigger type, flow timeline, account data, customer eligibility, and marketing permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen appropriate and approved, one standard past-profile scheduling action is included. If historical profiles require a separate segment, campaign, data correction, or alternative automation, that work is outside this package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePast-profile scheduling is never performed without client approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eActivation and Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter final approval, the included flow components are placed in Manual or Live status according to the approved launch plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives a concise implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomation objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilters configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelays configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit paths created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNative actions configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow status at handoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved data limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, integrations, customer information, email content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne clearly defined automation objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved existing trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning source integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepresentative profiles or event data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplanation of relevant data fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender name and email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand guidelines and logo files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct, service, or offer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved images and link destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three addresses for email testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely feedback and final approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing data, inaccessible integrations, unclear business rules, or delayed approvals may extend the delivery schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 12–18 business days after all required access, data, content, business rules, and brand assets are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included when submitted within seven days of the initial delivery and remain within the approved scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevisions may address included copy, design, timing, filters, splits, actions, and standard configuration. A replacement trigger, additional customer journey, new strategy, additional messages, or materially different automation architecture requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one custom automation flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one starting trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than five email messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 18 post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three multi-branch splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three native non-message actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or push notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event or metric creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAPI or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom actions or external application commands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegration installation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCRM or ecommerce data reconstruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import, cleanup, or enrichment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom-coded HTML email development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew branding or advanced image production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated Welcome, Abandoned Cart, Browse Abandonment, Post-Purchase, Win-Back, or Back-in-Stock flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive A\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring, reporting, or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed delivery or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840443343131,"sku":null,"price":1699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug29_2026_11_58_47PM.png?v=1788062337"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-essential-e-commerce-flow-bundle","title":"Klaviyo Essential E-commerce Flow Bundle","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Essential E-commerce Flow Bundle is a fixed-scope implementation package for one business, one Klaviyo account, and one connected ecommerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bundle includes four coordinated email automations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Welcome Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Browse Abandonment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Abandoned Cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Post-Purchase and Review Request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete package includes up to 12 branded email messages, strategic triggers, filters, delays, personalization, conditional logic, testing, activation, and implementation handoff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four services would cost $4,896 when purchased separately. The bundle price is $3,999, providing a total savings of $897.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoordinated Customer Journey Strategy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe establish one coordinated lifecycle strategy across the four included flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planning process covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntry point for each automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurpose of each email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase and checkout exclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverlap between active flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual or Live activation sequence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach automation retains its own purpose and entry criteria while sharing an approved brand direction and messaging strategy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bundle does not combine the four customer journeys into one oversized flow. Each flow is created and managed separately inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlow 1: Welcome Series\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Welcome Series triggered by the client’s approved primary subscriber list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Welcome Series includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three branded emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three approved filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscriber-entry configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing-status review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer or coupon placement when supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting and activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sequence may introduce the brand, communicate its value, feature important products or services, provide an approved introductory offer, and guide subscribers toward their first purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must have one approved primary subscriber list and a functioning method for adding properly consented subscribers to that list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSignup-form design and website form installation are not included in this bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlow 2: Browse Abandonment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Browse Abandonment flow for identifiable shoppers who view a product but do not proceed to checkout or complete a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Browse Abandonment flow includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two branded emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to eight post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to one split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to eight approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product trigger review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout and purchase exclusion filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic viewed-product content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting and activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow may remind shoppers about a viewed product, reinforce product value, provide supporting information, and guide them back to the relevant product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe store must already have functioning Klaviyo onsite tracking and a reliable \u003ccode\u003eViewed Product\u003c\/code\u003e event. Onsite tracking installation or repair is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlow 3: Abandoned Cart\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Abandoned Cart flow for shoppers who begin checkout but do not complete their purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Abandoned Cart flow includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three branded emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 12 approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved checkout trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleted-purchase exclusion filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic cart or checkout content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer and product personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer placement when supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting and activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sequence may remind the shopper about the incomplete order, return them to the checkout experience, address common hesitation, reinforce product value, and present an approved incentive when appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s ecommerce integration must already provide a reliable checkout event and completed-order event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDefault cart-recovery notifications from the ecommerce platform may need to be disabled to prevent duplicate messages. The client must approve any change affecting existing store notifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlow 4: Post-Purchase and Review Request\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create one Post-Purchase and Review Request flow for customers who complete an order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four branded emails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 14 post-trigger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four time delays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to two splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three native actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 16 approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase trigger and filter configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew or repeat-customer logic when supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder or product personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-purchase education or follow-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting and activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sequence may include a thank-you message, product guidance, customer-care information, cross-sell or repeat-purchase content, and a review request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne review configuration is included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo Reviews using the available review-request event and settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne client-approved external review destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling a third-party review application, configuring an entire review platform, migrating historical reviews, or paying review-platform subscription fees is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIndividual Flow Limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flow retains its own approved quantities and technical boundaries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused emails, delays, splits, components, actions, revisions, or images cannot be transferred from one flow to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, if the Browse Abandonment flow uses only one email, its unused second email cannot be added to the Welcome Series or Abandoned Cart flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequests to redistribute quantities or create a materially different automation structure require a revised scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnified Email Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe establish one approved visual direction for all 12 included emails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe email system may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved fonts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLogo placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeader and footer styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-content blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eText hierarchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile-responsive spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent calls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 48 approved client-provided, website-sourced, or product-feed images may be used across the complete bundle according to the individual flow limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew branding, product photography, custom illustration, advanced image retouching, and custom-coded HTML email development are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDynamic Customer and Product Content\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere supported by the client’s integration and account data, the included emails may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst-name personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed-product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCart or checkout content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct names\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct prices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct-page links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved profile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant catalog recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFallback content is configured where appropriate to reduce visible errors when optional profile information is unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCatalog repair, custom product feeds, custom recommendation algorithms, and source-data reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTrigger and Filter Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure and review the appropriate trigger and eligibility rules for each included flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe configuration may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscriber-list entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViewed Product activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleted-order activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase exclusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheckout exclusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct or order conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-entry behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected events must already exist and contain usable information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating custom events, repairing an integration, implementing API tracking, or reconstructing historical event data requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoordinated Timing and Sending Frequency\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the included delays according to the purpose of each flow and the client’s approved customer journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timing strategy considers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmediate subscriber welcome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime after viewing a product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime after beginning checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime after completing an order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery or product-use timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer local time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting campaign frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotential overlap between flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmart Sending and other message settings are reviewed according to the purpose of each email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service does not include long-term send-time experimentation or ongoing frequency optimization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOffer and Coupon Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClient-approved offers may be incorporated into the Welcome Series, Browse Abandonment, or Abandoned Cart flow when appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal discount terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved coupon codes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer expiration details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEligible products or collections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired exclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect website destination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can insert approved static codes or supported existing Klaviyo coupon content. Creating ecommerce discount rules, calculating promotional profitability, or developing advanced coupon logic is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEmail and Tracking Settings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the essential settings for every included email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrom email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing eligibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s sending domain and general account configuration must already be operational. Domain authentication and deliverability setup are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBundle Testing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe test the four flows using the preview and testing options available in Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter evaluation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelay configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit-path review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic-content preview\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonalization fallback review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and checkout link testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview destination testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile email review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest emails to up to three client-provided inboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual-mode review when appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting depends on the events and representative data available in the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo cannot guarantee that every possible customer, product, inventory, device, or email-client scenario can be reproduced during implementation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePhased Activation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four flows may be activated in a coordinated sequence so entry behavior, filters, and customer overlap can be reviewed before every message begins sending automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the approved launch plan, individual messages may initially remain in Draft or Manual status before being placed in Live status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo flow is activated without final client approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImplementation Handoff\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives an implementation summary identifying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour flows configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriggers selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilters applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmails created\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelays and splits configured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic content implemented\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-request method selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting completed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatus of each flow at handoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny unresolved account or integration limitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Klaviyo account, ecommerce store, customer information, email content, and associated business assets remain owned and controlled by the client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore work begins, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to the Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to the connected ecommerce store when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning ecommerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved primary subscriber list\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable Viewed Product data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable checkout activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable completed-order activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview platform or destination details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved sender name and sender address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand guidelines and logo files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct information and approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal offer and coupon information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three test email addresses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely feedback and final approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissing events, incomplete catalog information, inaccessible integrations, unavailable assets, or delayed approvals may extend the delivery schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and Revisions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard delivery is 20–30 business days after all required access, event data, business information, brand assets, offers, and review details are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo consolidated revision rounds are included across the complete bundle when submitted within seven days of the initial delivery and remain within the original scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevisions may address the included copy, design, timing, filters, splits, links, and standard configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe revision allowance applies to the bundle as a whole, not separately to each email or flow. A replacement strategy, additional flow, additional message, or materially different creative direction requires a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account or ecommerce store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four automation flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 12 email messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantities exceeding the limit of an individual flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransfer of unused quantities between flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or push notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup-form design or installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack-in-Stock flow or storefront form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer Win-Back flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom Klaviyo automation flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce integration installation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event or API development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom product-feed development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import, cleanup, or segmentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom-coded HTML email development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party review-platform installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview-platform subscription fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHistorical review migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct photography or advanced image production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive A\/B testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing monitoring, reporting, or optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed email delivery or inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, recovered carts, reviews, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840449175835,"sku":null,"price":3999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug30_2026_12_04_09AM.png?v=1788062663"},{"product_id":"klaviyo-training-consultation","title":"Klaviyo Training \u0026 Consultation","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo Training \u0026amp; Consultation is a fixed-scope private training service for one business, one Klaviyo account, up to three participants, and one 90-minute live online session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service combines account-specific preparation, practical platform education, a live screen-shared walkthrough, focused consultation, questions and answers, and a personalized action checklist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraining can be delivered in English, Russian, or Ukrainian when the preferred language is confirmed before scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an independent KizilCo training service. It is not an official Klaviyo Academy course, certification program, or Klaviyo-issued credential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePre-Session Questionnaire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives one concise questionnaire to identify the business context, current Klaviyo experience, account status, priority questions, and desired outcomes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe questionnaire covers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness and ecommerce model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Klaviyo experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnected ecommerce platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary email-marketing goals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent lists and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting campaigns and flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnown account problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeam responsibilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three priority training topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific questions for the live session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe completed questionnaire must be received before the account and agenda review begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAccount and Agenda Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the live session, we complete up to 30 minutes of focused preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may include reviewing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount navigation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible account structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLists and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytics sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe client’s submitted questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis preparation is not a comprehensive account audit. It is used to organize the training session around the client’s selected priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnical troubleshooting, data analysis, deliverability investigation, and implementation work are not included in the preparation allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelect Up to Three Training Topics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client may select up to three related Klaviyo topics for the live session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable topics may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount navigation and organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfiles, lists, and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmail templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup forms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlows and automation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriggers, filters, delays, and splits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce customer data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct and event personalization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign and flow analytics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliverability fundamentals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsent and suppression tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser roles and permissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting and previewing messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReporting and performance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended workflow and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three topics should fit reasonably within one 90-minute session. Broad subjects may need to be narrowed during preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced technical subjects such as APIs, custom events, custom integrations, webhooks, predictive modeling, and custom code require separate consultation or implementation services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrivate 90-Minute Live Session\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe conduct one private 90-minute online session using an approved video-meeting platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session is structured around:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe client’s current level of experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount-specific examples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive navigation through Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical demonstrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal is to help the client understand how relevant Klaviyo features work and how to manage routine tasks with greater confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraining is adapted to the client’s account and business context rather than delivered as a generic platform presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLive Account Walkthrough\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere appropriate access is provided, the session takes place inside the client’s Klaviyo account through screen sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe walkthrough may demonstrate how to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNavigate major account areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate profiles and customer activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview lists and segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnderstand segment conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFind campaigns and templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview flow triggers and filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview email content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterpret basic performance metrics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate account and user settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify relevant troubleshooting information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client’s Klaviyo role affects which areas and settings are visible. Owner, Admin, Manager, Campaign Coordinator, or other roles may provide different permissions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for providing access appropriate to the selected training topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePractical Demonstrations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session may include limited demonstrations using existing account features, drafts, or test data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating a sample segment definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing a campaign draft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreviewing a flow email\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplaining a trigger or filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDemonstrating personalization variables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReviewing analytics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowing where to manage users or settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExplaining how to test a message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemonstrations are educational and limited to what can reasonably be completed during the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding a production campaign, flow, form, template, integration, or complete segment system is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and Answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client may ask questions throughout the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriority is given to questions related to the three approved training topics and the client’s visible Klaviyo configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions requiring extensive research, legal interpretation, custom technical development, third-party platform investigation, or work outside Klaviyo may be documented for a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session duration is fixed at 90 minutes, including questions and answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonalized Action Checklist\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the training session, the client receives a concise action checklist based on the topics discussed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist may identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended account tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSettings requiring review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign or flow priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eList and segment improvements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting recommendations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant Klaviyo resources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItems requiring professional implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuggested order of completion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe checklist is a practical handoff, not a comprehensive strategy report, technical audit, implementation plan, or legal compliance document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSession Recording\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne session recording is included when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecording is requested before the session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe selected meeting platform supports recording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery participant provides permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo technical restriction prevents recording\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recording is provided for the client’s internal training use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo cannot guarantee recording availability if the meeting platform, browser, device, participant permissions, or unexpected technical conditions prevent it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOfficial Learning Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives links to relevant official Klaviyo Help Center or Klaviyo Academy materials connected to the selected topics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese resources may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGetting-started learning paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegmentation guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplate-editor courses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup-form training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount and user documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal learning materials are provided as supplementary resources and remain subject to Klaviyo’s availability and platform changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeven-Day Email Follow-Up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated email follow-up is included for up to five short clarification questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe questions must:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe submitted together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe received within seven calendar days of the session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelate directly to the approved training topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequest clarification rather than implementation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe answerable without a new account investigation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional questions, another meeting, new topics, account troubleshooting, or implementation work require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the session, the client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo account access appropriate to the selected topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompleted training questionnaire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to three approved topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific questions or problem areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNames of up to three participants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred training language\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred meeting times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reliable internet connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA computer suitable for screen sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely confirmation of the scheduled session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParticipants should join from a computer rather than a mobile phone when they plan to follow along inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eScheduling and Rescheduling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session is normally scheduled within 5–10 business days after the completed questionnaire, required access, and preferred availability are received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe session must take place within 60 calendar days of purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne rescheduling request is included when submitted at least 24 hours before the confirmed meeting time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLate arrival does not extend the scheduled end time. Additional sessions or time beyond the included 90 minutes require a separate purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one live session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 90 minutes of live training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three participants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than three primary topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive account audit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount setup or configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign creation or launch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow creation or activation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemplate or signup-form design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import, cleanup, or segmentation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce integration setup or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeliverability remediation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAPI or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party application troubleshooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance advice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWritten marketing strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOngoing account management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlimited email support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo certification or official credential\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed marketing results or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840449470747,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug30_2026_12_08_52AM.png?v=1788062949"},{"product_id":"monthly-klaviyo-management","title":"Monthly Klaviyo Management","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eService Scope\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonthly Klaviyo Management is a fixed-scope monthly service for one business, one established Klaviyo account, and one connected ecommerce store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 30-day service period includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne monthly campaign calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four regular email campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four new or updated segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of up to six active email flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four minor flow maintenance updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne monthly performance report\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne private 45-minute strategy call\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard email support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe service is designed for an existing operational account. Initial Klaviyo setup, migration, integration installation, sending-domain authentication, and major account reconstruction require separate services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Campaign Calendar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the beginning of each service period, we prepare one practical email campaign calendar based on the client’s approved priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe calendar identifies:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four campaign topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProposed send dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary offer or message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired client assets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant products or collections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportant deadlines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotential overlap with active flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must approve the proposed calendar and provide all required information before campaign production begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging the entire campaign plan after approval may affect scheduled delivery dates and require a revised scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUp to Four Email Campaigns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe prepare and schedule up to four regular Klaviyo email campaigns during each 30-day service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach campaign includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne email message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne approved campaign objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne primary audience plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting-template customization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender-name and sender-address review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided copy refinement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-provided or approved images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalls to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop and mobile review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScheduling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pre-send testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA newsletter, promotion, announcement, product feature, educational email, or customer update may be used as one campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach separate send counts as one campaign. Resends, cloned versions, substantially different audience versions, and additional creative variations may count as additional campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExisting-Template Customization\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaigns are created using one or more existing approved Klaviyo templates already available in the client’s account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomization may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjusting standard content blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReordering existing sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating product content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplying an approved offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining established brand styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating a new master template, custom-coded HTML email, major visual redesign, new branding system, advanced illustration, product photography, or complex interactive content is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient-Provided Content and Assets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide the information required for each campaign at least five business days before the requested send date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequired materials may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign objective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKey copy points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal offer terms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoupon code\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved prices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDestination links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or promotional disclaimers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesired send date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic copy refinement is included. Full copywriting from an incomplete brief, extensive product research, offer development, and repeated content reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAudience Selection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the approved recipients and exclusions for each included campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAudience selection may use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewly created in-scope segments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngagement status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting ecommerce activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo automatically deduplicates profiles appearing in multiple included recipient groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client remains responsible for confirming that recipients have the appropriate marketing permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUp to Four Segment Updates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe create or update up to four standard Klaviyo segments during each service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSegments may support:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngaged subscribers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLapsed customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct purchasers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeographic targeting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomer categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign exclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurchase-frequency conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved account data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach new segment or materially revised segment counts toward the monthly allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvanced segmentation architecture, predictive modeling, RFM strategy, profile enrichment, custom-event development, and database reconstruction are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCampaign Settings and Scheduling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore scheduling each campaign, we review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSender email address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReply-to address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipient groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcluded groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart Sending preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUTM tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLink destinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSend time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimezone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampaigns are scheduled only after the client provides final approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKizilCo does not activate or send an unapproved campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmart Sending and Message Frequency\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review Smart Sending settings to help reduce unnecessary overlap between campaigns and active marketing flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review considers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent campaign sends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive flow messages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubscriber engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanned campaign frequency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotional urgency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient-approved exceptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmart Sending may cause some otherwise eligible profiles to be skipped when they recently received another message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong-term send-frequency experimentation, Smart Send Time testing, and comprehensive deliverability strategy are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUTM Tracking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe review the available UTM settings for the included campaigns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard parameters may be used to help identify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketing medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign name\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign identifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther approved tracking values\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoogle Analytics configuration, custom analytics development, attribution reconciliation, and troubleshooting external reporting platforms are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExisting-Flow Health Review\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach month, we review the visible status and recent performance of up to six existing email flows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe review may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecent sending activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible performance changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMessage delivery indicators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen and click activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversion information when available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipient activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eObvious filter or scheduling concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo performance alerts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroken or outdated visible content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a management-level health review, not a comprehensive technical audit or complete optimization engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUp to Four Minor Flow Updates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe complete up to four minor maintenance updates across the reviewed flows during each service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA minor update may include one of the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating a subject line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating preview text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrecting a link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing one image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRevising a short existing content section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjusting one time delay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrecting one standard filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating sender information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChanging one message status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating one existing call to action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreating a new flow, adding a new email, introducing a new branch, replacing a trigger, redesigning an entire message, or rebuilding flow architecture is not a minor update.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery separately requested change counts toward the four-update allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Performance Report\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client receives one concise monthly performance report using the information available inside Klaviyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe report may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaigns sent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery indicators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen rates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick rates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversion information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttributed revenue when available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsubscribe activity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpam complaint indicators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience or segment observations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended next actions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKlaviyo attribution and reported revenue depend on the client’s integration, tracking configuration, attribution settings, and available ecommerce data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe report does not include a custom dashboard, financial analysis, multi-platform attribution model, or independent verification of Klaviyo’s reported metrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMonthly Strategy Call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne private 45-minute online strategy call is included each month for up to three client participants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe call may cover:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrevious campaign performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow observations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpcoming promotions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience opportunities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContent priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccount questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext month’s direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnused meeting time does not convert into production work, campaign credits, additional updates, or future meeting time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional meetings require a separate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReview and Approval\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne consolidated revision round is included for each campaign when feedback:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs submitted before the approval deadline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemains within the original campaign brief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIs provided in one consolidated message\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not introduce a new offer or creative direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLate revisions may require rescheduling the campaign.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client is responsible for final review of prices, product information, discount terms, dates, spelling, links, audience selection, and legal disclosures before approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Email Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard email support is included for questions directly connected to the active monthly scope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResponses are normally provided within two business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport does not include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmediate or emergency response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekend availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlimited consultation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnical support for unrelated platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge implementation requests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day campaign production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUrgent or out-of-scope work may require a separate fee and confirmed availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eService Period and Rollover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach purchase covers one 30-day service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe monthly allowances expire at the end of that period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following do not roll over:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused segment updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused flow updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused revision rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnused support capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new service period requires renewal or another purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClient Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe client must provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdministrator access to Klaviyo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn operational Klaviyo account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA functioning ecommerce integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn authenticated sending domain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting approved campaign templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate customer and product data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCampaign briefs and content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved images and links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal offers and coupon codes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudience instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirmation of marketing permission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimely campaign feedback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal approval before scheduling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelays in content, access, approvals, or technical readiness may reduce the number of campaigns that can be completed during the active service period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Scope Boundaries\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKlaviyo subscription or usage fees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than one Klaviyo account or store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four campaigns per month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four segment updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview of more than six flows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than four minor flow updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew flow creation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew master-template design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom-coded HTML\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull campaign copywriting from an incomplete brief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignup-form design or management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact import or major cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce integration setup or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSending-domain authentication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom event, API, or webhook development\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMS, MMS, WhatsApp, or push campaigns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced deliverability remediation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated warming or reputation repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom dashboards or multi-platform attribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegal or regulatory compliance review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct photography or advanced image production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily or emergency support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed inbox placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuaranteed engagement, conversions, or revenue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"KizilCo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53840450421019,"sku":null,"price":1999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1033\/5436\/8283\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug30_2026_12_14_41AM.png?v=1788063291"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.kizilco.com\/collections\/klaviyo.oembed","provider":"KizilCo","version":"1.0","type":"link"}